SITESTAR CORP
10SB12G, 1999-10-22
Previous: ZEE INC, 10SB12G, 1999-10-22
Next: MSN EAGLE EQUITY GROUP INC, 10SB12G, 1999-10-22




                UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549



                                   FORM 10-SB



                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                  OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS UNDER SECTION 12(b)
                OR 12 (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934




                              SITESTAR CORPORATION
                              --------------------
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in Its Charter)





             NEVADA                                       88-0397234
             ------                                       ----------
   (State or other jurisdiction of                     (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)



   16133 VENTURA BLVD., SUITE 635, ENCINO                      91436
   --------------------------------------                      -----
   (Address of Principal Executive Office)                   (ZipCode)


                                 (818) 981-4519
                                 --------------
                                Telephone Number


                 Securities to be registered under Section 12(b)
                              of the Exchange Act:
                                      None


                 Securities to be registered under Section 12(g)
                              of the Exchange Act:


                         COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE
                         ------------------------------
                                (Title of class)





<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----

PART I
- ------

Item 1.    Description of Business....................................... 1

Item 2.    Management's Discussion and Analysis
               or Plan of Operation......................................18

Item 3.    Description of Property.......................................38

Item 4.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
               and Management............................................39

Item 5.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and
               Control Persons...........................................40

Item 6.    Executive Compensation........................................41

Item 7.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions................41

Item 8.    Description of Securities.....................................42

PART II
- -------

Item 1.    Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's
               Common Equity and Other Shareholder Matters...............43

Item 2.    Legal Proceedings.............................................43

Item 3.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants.................43

Item 4.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.......................43

Item 5.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.....................44

PART F/S
- --------

Financial Statements.....................................................45/F-1

PART III
- --------

Item 1.    Index to Exhibits.............................................46


                                       i

<PAGE>


                                     PART I

ITEM 1.           DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

     Sitestar  Corporation  (the  "Company"  or  "Sitestar")  is  a  diversified
Internet  holding  company.  Our near term  strategy is to acquire and invest in
emerging  Internet-based  enterprises  to create a broad and diverse set of core
Internet  businesses that deliver a variety of online solutions.  In addition to
developing and integrating Internet-based technologies, our primary objective is
to create a mix of Internet operating companies and  Internet-related  portfolio
investments  that  will  enhance  the  value of our  current  businesses  in the
following areas:

     o    Internet e-commerce

     o    Value-added content

     o    Internet Service Providers (ISP)

     o    Internet Portals/Community Web sites

     o    Strategic investments in internet-related ventures

     We will  attempt to develop  and refine the  products  and  services of our
existing  businesses  and  businesses  or  assets  we  acquire  with the goal of
significantly  increasing  revenue as new products are commercially  introduced.
Additionally,   we  will  continue  to  pursue  strategic   investments  in  new
Internet-related opportunities to leverage its existing assets.

CORPORATE HISTORY

     We were incorporated under the name of White Dove Systems, Inc. in December
1992  under the laws of the State of  Nevada to engage in any  lawful  corporate
activity.

     In  October  1998 we  acquired  all the issued  and  outstanding  shares of
Interfoods  Consolidated,  Inc. ("IFCO"), a California corporation,  in exchange
for 5,580,000 shares of our Common Stock.  IFCO,  operating under the trade name
of Holland  American  International  Specialties  ("HAIS"),  is a  retailer  and
wholesaler of imported and domestic specialty gourmet foods which was founded in
1943.  HAIS'  product  offering  ranges  from  exotic  European   delicacies  to
mainstream specialty candies,  chocolates and other confectionery  products.  In
connection with the acquisition, we changed our name to Interfoods Consolidated,
Inc.

     In January  1999 we acquired 9% of the  outstanding  Common Stock of Sierra
Madre Foods,  Inc.  ("SMF"),  a California  corporation,  for $200,000 through a
joint venture.  SMF, formerly known as Queen  International  Foods ("QIF"), is a
manufacturer and wholesaler of frozen Mexican food products such as burritos and
chimichangas.  We acquired our equity  interest from the U.S.  Bankruptcy  court
proceedings  along with the  debtor-in-possession  as our joint venture partner.
QIF filed for Chapter 11 Bankruptcy protection on April 1998. We formed SMF as a
joint  venture with the  debtor-in-possession  for the sole purpose of acquiring
substantially all of the assets of QIF from the U.S. Bankruptcy court.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     In July 1999 we acquired all the issued and outstanding shares of
Sitestar,  Inc.  ("SYTE"),  a Delaware  corporation,  in exchange for  3,491,428
shares of our  Common  Stock.  SYTE is a Web  development,  design  and  hosting
company formed in 1996 and is based in Annapolis, Maryland.

     In  August   1999  we   acquired   substantially   all  of  the  assets  of
Greattools.com in exchange for 49,000 shares of our Common Stock. Greattools.com
is an online low cost retailer of power tools.

     Effective as of September 30, 1999 we sold the non-Internet  assets of HAIS
to IFCO Group,  LLC ("IFCO"),  whose members consist of certain  shareholders of
the Company,  including  Frederick T.  Manlunas,  our Chairman of the Board.  We
retained the assets  consisting  of the Internet web site  Holland-American.com.
HAIS will  continue  to serve as  Holland-American.com's  exclusive  fulfillment
center.  The purchase  consideration  for HAIS was $900,000 and was based upon a
business  appraisal by an independent  third party appraiser.  The consideration
included  $200,000  which was  applied as a discount  for  services  rendered by
members  of IFCO  in  connection  to the  acquisition  of  Sitestar,  Inc.,  the
assumption  of $654,000 of  liabilities  and a promissory  note in the amount of
$46,000.  The note bears  interest at a rate of 8% per annum,  and is payable in
annual  installments  of $15,333,  and is due and payable on September 30, 2002.
The note is secured by HAIS' accounts receivable and inventory.

     On September  30, 1999,  we sold our 9% equity  interest in SMF to IFCO for
$200,000.  The  consideration  was paid in the form of assumption of $160,000 of
debt related to the  investment  and the balance of $40,000 paid by a promissory
note  payable  in three  annual  installments  of $13,334  each.  The note bears
interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The purchase  consideration was equal to our
original investment in January 1999.

POSSIBLE FUTURE ACQUISITIONS

     We have signed  letters of intent to acquire two  companies,  as  described
below.  These letters of intent do not create  binding  obligations of us or the
sellers. Accordingly, neither party is bound to proceed to complete the purchase
and sale. Further, the purchase price and other material terms and conditions of
any  acquisition  may change in connection with the negotiation and execution of
the  final  agreement.  Accordingly,  no  assurance  can be  given  that we will
complete either of these acquisitions,  or that we will complete either of these
acquisitions in accordance with the terms of the letters of intent.

     We have signed a letter of intent,  dated  September  30, 1999,  to acquire
Neocom  Microspecialists,  Inc., an Internet access provider and Web development
company for  1,976,571  shares of our Common  Stock.  Neocom has advised us that
(i), as of August 31, 1999 it provided Internet access and enhanced products and
services  to   approximately   250  small  and  medium  sized   enterprises  and
approximately 4,100 dial-up customers in the mid-Atlantic region and Web hosting
services to  approximately  400  customers,  and (ii) its  revenues for the nine
months ended September 30, 1999 were $1.387 million.

     We have also  signed a letter of intent to  acquire  Eastern  Shorenet,  an
Internet access  provider,  for 96,000 shares of our Common Stock. The letter of
intent also requires us to assume  liabilities of $18,000.  Eastern Shorenet has
advised  us that (i) as of August  31,  1999 it  provided  Internet  access  and
enhanced  products and services to approximately  1,000 dial-up customers in the
eastern-shore  region of  Maryland,  and (ii) its revenues for nine months ended
September 30, 1999, were $144,000.

                                       2
<PAGE>

MARKET OPPORTUNITY

     OVERVIEW.  We believe  that the  Internet  has become an  important  global
medium enabling  growing  numbers of people to obtain and share  information and
conduct  business  electronically.  Its  expanded  use has made the  Internet  a
critical tool for information and communications for many users. We believe that
Internet  access and  enhanced  Internet  services,  including  Web  hosting and
electronic  commerce services,  represent two of the fastest growing segments of
the telecommunications  services market.  International Data Corporation ("IDC")
estimates  that at the end of 1997 there  were over 38 million  Web users in the
United  States and over 68 million  worldwide,  and projects  that by the end of
2002 the number of Web users  will  increase  to over 135  million in the United
States and over 319  million  worldwide.  We believe  that the  availability  of
Internet access, advancements in technologies required to navigate the Internet,
and the  proliferation of content and  applications  available over the Internet
have attracted a rapidly growing number of Internet users.

     GROWTH IN BUSINESS USE OF THE INTERNET. We believe that the dramatic growth
in  Internet  usage in  recent  years,  combined  with  enhanced  functionality,
accessibility  and security,  has made the Internet  increasingly  attractive to
businesses as a medium for  communication  and  commerce.  We feel that for many
businesses, the Internet has created a new communication and sales channel which
enables large numbers of geographically dispersed organizations and consumers to
be  reached  quickly  and  cost-effectively.  IDC  estimates  that the number of
consumers  buying goods and services on the Internet will grow from 17.6 million
in 1997 to 128.4 million in 2002, and that the total value of goods and services
purchased over the Internet will increase from approximately $12 billion in 1997
to approximately $426 billion by 2002.

     We believe  that  businesses  will  increasingly  add a variety of enhanced
services  and  applications  to their  basic  Internet  access,  Web  sites  and
e-commerce  applications  in order to more fully  capitalize on the power of the
Internet.  We feel that these services and applications  will allow them to more
efficiently and securely  communicate  company  information,  expand and enhance
their  distribution   channels,   increase   productivity   through  back-office
automation, ensure reliability and reduce costs. We see opportunities for growth
in the following areas:

     o    DEMAND FOR INTERNET ACCESS SERVICES.
          Internet   access   services   represent   the  means  by  which  ISPs
          interconnect  their  customers to the Internet or corporate  intranets
          and  extranets.  According  to  Forrester  Research,  Internet  access
          revenues  from  businesses  are expected to increase from less than $1
          billion in 1997 to more than $16  billion in 2002.  Due,  in part,  to
          their size, small and medium sized enterprises often seek to outsource
          these services..

     o    DEMAND FOR WEB HOSTING SERVICES.
          Many  businesses are seeking to outsource to ISPs services such as Web
          hosting,  collocation  and file  transfer  protocol  data  storage and
          retrieval.

     o    DEMAND FOR SECURE PRIVATE NETWORKS.
          We believe  that  concerns  relating to the  security of internal  and
          proprietary information,  data loss and reduced transmission speed has
          led businesses to demand Internet services that include the ability to
          provide electronic security monitoring and threat responses.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     THE SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED ENTERPRISE MARKET. We have specifically targeted
small and medium sized enterprises because:

     o    We believe that these  enterprises  increasingly  need high-speed data
          and  Internet  connections  to  access  business  information  and  to
          communicate more effectively with employees, customers and vendors.

     o    We believe that a relatively  small  percentage  of these  enterprises
          currently  utilize the  Internet,  but that this number is  increasing
          rapidly.  The small and medium sized enterprise segment is expected to
          be one of the fastest growing segments of the Internet industry.

     o    Many of these enterprises lack the resources and expertise to develop,
          maintain and expand,  on a  cost-effective  basis,  the facilities and
          network systems necessary for successful Internet operations.

     o    We believe  that these  enterprises  will prefer an  Internet  service
          provider with  locally-based  personnel who are available to assist in
          developing and  implementing  their growing use of the Internet and to
          respond to technical problems in a timely manner.

     o    We believe that these  enterprises rely more heavily on their Internet
          service  provider than larger  enterprises and tend to change Internet
          service providers relatively infrequently.

     INTERNET SERVICES IN SECONDARY MARKETS.  Small and medium sized enterprises
are often  concentrated  in  so-called  "secondary  markets" to avoid the higher
costs associated with locating in a metropolitan area. A secondary market is any
market smaller than the 100 most populated U.S. metropolitan  markets.  However,
national  ISPs have  historically  placed their largest  points of presence,  or
POPs, only in or around densely populated major cities. A POP is an access point
at which customers in a traditional ISP network architecture can connect to data
circuits in order to obtain Internet access and other services.  While customers
located  within a few miles from these POPs often  receive cost savings on their
access pricing,  customers  located in secondary markets that are as close as 20
to 75 miles away from these POPs have  typically  been charged higher prices for
Internet access services.

     We believe that small and medium sized  enterprises  located in high-growth
secondary markets are currently underserved by both national and local providers
of  Internet  access  and  related  services.  National  ISPs,  on the one hand,
typically lack the local  presence to provide local support.  Local ISPs, on the
other hand, often lack the requisite scale and resources to provide a full range
of services at acceptable quality and pricing levels.

OUR GROWTH STRATEGY

     Our goal is to be a premier  Internet  company that offers products ranging
from Internet access and a complete suite of Internet products and services to a
variety of e-commerce  platforms targeting small and medium sized enterprises in
our target markets. We would like to offer a variety of business-to-consumer and
business-to-business e-commerce solutions to our customers.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Key elements of our strategy include:

     FOCUS  GROWTH ON  SECONDARY  MARKETS.  We intend  to expand  into  selected
secondary  markets by replicating our regional  network and marketing model. Our
network architecture and scalable sales and marketing plan are designed to allow
us to penetrate additional regions rapidly and cost-effectively.

     MARKET A VARIETY OF SERVICES TO NEW AND  EXISTING  CUSTOMERS.  We intend to
offer a  comprehensive  suite of a variety of products  and services to meet the
expanding needs and complexity of our customers' Internet operations allowing us
to increase revenue per customer and maintain a high customer  retention rate by
strengthening relationships with our customers.

     USE OF  CENTRALIZED  SALES AND MARKETING  OPERATIONS.  We intend to use our
centralized  sales and marketing  staff to help implement our regional  strategy
cost-effectively.  We  intend  to hire and  train  additional  local  sales  and
marketing  personnel  within our target  regions to  complement  the core of our
sales and  marketing  staff,  which  will  continue  to be  concentrated  in one
centralized location to maximize efficiency.  These regionally located employees
are intended to add local market  knowledge,  expertise and  familiarity  to our
sales and marketing efforts to allows us to maintain a field presence in each of
our regions, while maximizing our central operations.

     STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS AND ACQUISITIONS. We intend to enter into strategic
relationships, such as partnerships and joint ventures, and to make acquisitions
to expand our line of enhanced products and services.

     As part of this strategy,  we recently  signed letters of intent to acquire
Neocom Microspecialists, Inc. and Eastern Shorenet, providers of Web hosting and
co-location  services in the Mid-Atlantic region. These planned acquisitions are
consistent  with our growth  strategy of  building  our  presence  in  secondary
markets  that  have  traditionally  been  under  served by the  larger  Internet
services  companies.  In  addition,  we are also  actively  seeking  acquisition
opportunities  and/or  candidates in the Mid-Atlantic  region that would help us
achieve critical mass in terms of our Internet  access,  development and hosting
customers.

INTERNET INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     We believe  that  Internet  commerce is  reshaping  the way  consumers  and
businesses  conduct  business.  According  to  new  projections  from  Forrester
Research,  worldwide  e-commerce  sales will reach as high as $3.2  trillion  in
2003,  representing  nearly 5% of all global sales.  These sales figures include
business-to-business  and  business-to-consumer  sales and EDI (electronic  data
interchange)  orders placed on the Internet,  but exclude the value of financial
transactions.  E-commerce is defined as the trade of goods and services in which
the final order is placed over the Internet.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     Growth in Electronic Commerce
     -----------------------------

     We feel strongly that the growing popularity of the Internet  represents an
opportunity  for  companies  like  us to take  advantage  of the  potential  for
commercial  transactions conducted online, referred to as electronic commerce or
e-commerce.  International  Data,  Inc., a market research firm,  estimates that
business-to-consumer  commerce  over the Internet  will  increase  from over $12
billion worldwide at the end of 1997 to approximately  $425 billion worldwide by
the end of 2002. In addition,  Jupiter  Communications,  another market research
firm,  predicts that by 2002, 44% of Internet users will make purchases  online,
as compared to an estimated 22% that did so in 1997. Several factors are driving
the growth in both  business to  consumer  and  business to business  electronic
commerce. These factors include:

     o    increasing familiarity with the Internet;

     o    broadening consumer acceptance of online shopping;

     o    increasing   acceptance  on  online   distribution   relationships  by
          businesses; o improved online network security and infrastructure;

     o    the growing base of personal  computers and improved  Internet access;
          and

     o    expanding network bandwidth and access speeds.

     We believe that the Internet is  particularly  well-suited  for  promoting,
marketing, selling and distributing merchandise both on a retail and a wholesale
level,  permitting  customers  throughout  the  world to have  direct  access to
suppliers.  Online  stores can  provide  direct  customer  service  and  product
information to a large number of customers at the same time with a substantially
smaller sales staff than traditional stores. Online stores also have the ability
to rapidly and  continually  update such  information.  Internet  merchandisers,
unlike  traditional  stores,  do not  have  the same  expenses  associated  with
operation of physical  stores and  warehouse  facilities,  and can change stores
design without substantial cost. In contrast to catalog merchandisers,  Internet
retailers can react quickly to change product  descriptions,  pricing or product
mix and are not subject to the costs of catalog  publication  and  distribution.
Additionally,  online  merchandisers have the ability to track directly customer
responses and  preferences  which enables the  merchandisers  to customize their
online stores to target specific customer groups and individuals.

     Changing Demographics
     ---------------------

     In the  early  days of the  Internet,  users  consisted  mainly  of  young,
technology-savvy  or  upscale  males.  Today,  while the online  population  has
appears  to  have  changed  drastically,   it  remains  a  fairly  elite  group.
Demographics from Mediamark  Research show that Internet users are approximately
twice as likely to have high household  incomes,  college degrees and management
positions  than the  overall  U.S.  population.  They are also more likely to be
young and single. Geographically,  Internet users can be found in all corners of
the U.S., although, according to researcher Inteco, the level of Internet use in
several major metropolitan areas exceeds the overall U.S. average.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     Consumer Acceptance
     -------------------

     We believe  broadening  consumer  acceptance  and retailer  ambitions  will
combine to fuel a rapid growth in online  retail sales and to drive more than 40
million U.S. households to shop online by 2003, producing $108 billion revenues.
According to Forrester Research, online retail sales will account for 6% of U.S.
consumer retail spending in the U.S. by 2003.  Analysts estimate that by the end
of 1998,  nearly 9 million U.S.  households  will have shopped online for travel
services and retail  goods other than  automobiles,  generating  $7.8 billion in
online  sales.  We expect these numbers to grow rapidly over the next five years
as high speed Internet  connections  become more popular and consumers  overcome
security and privacy concerns and embrace the convenience of Web shopping.

     Corporate E-Commerce
     --------------------

     Although retail online shopping appears to receive more attention, analysts
predict a much  larger  growth  in  business-to-business  e-commerce.  Forrester
Research  estimates that by year 2003,  consumers will spend $108 billion to buy
goods online, while businesses will spend $1.3 trillion. As expected,  computing
and  electronic  equipment  will remain one of the largest  categories  of goods
traded between businesses, reaching $395 billion in revenue by 2003, while other
industries,  such as cars and  petrochemicals,  will  also top the $150  billion
mark.  In  addition  to the  $1.3  trillion  in  business-to-business  sales  of
products,  Forrester also reports that online  transactions in business services
will equal $220 billion by 2003.  Michael  Putnam of Forrester  Research  states
that "Just as the Internet has revolutionized the goods industries, the services
industry is going to be reinvented."

     Internet-based  businesses  have  already  created  more  than 200  on-line
marketplaces  for conducting  business-to-business  (B2B)  electronic  commerce.
These  Internet  locations  bring  buyers  and  sellers  together  in a  central
marketplace and, in addition,  provide services such as procurement  management,
financial  settlement  and quality  assurance.  These  services  enhance the B2B
sites'  value to the end  customers  and allow it to become an integral  part of
those customers' business processes.

     By providing a central on-line hub that automates transactions,  aggregates
information,  improves market reach and provides  related  services,  we believe
these B2B sites will help their  participants  reduce  both  product and process
costs. By resolving information-based  inefficiencies,  they act as catalysts to
compress time,  slash costs and improve  processes in ways that were  previously
unimaginable.  Leading  research  firms  estimate  that product and process cost
savings afforded by B2B sites will amount to $57 billion by 2003.

Sitestar.net
- ------------

         Product Offerings
         -----------------
                  Internet Access

Sitestar.net  offers a variety of Internet  access  solutions.  These  solutions
range from 56K and ISDN dial-up  accounts to 3Mbps wireless access  connections.
We are one of the few  ISP's  in the  country  [Is  this  supported?]  to  offer
Internet access with wireless  technology.  Our wireless service ranges in speed

                                       7
<PAGE>

from 128Kbps to up to 3Mbps. We are also offering  high-speed Digital Subscriber
Line (DSL)  service in Annapolis,  Baltimore,  and  Washington  D.C. All dial-up
accounts  include  e-mail,  unlimited  Internet  access,  Usenet  newsgroups and
require no long-term  contracts.  The prices of our Internet services range from
16.95 to 79.95 per month.

                  Web Hosting

We provide  web  hosting  services  utilizing  both Unix and Windows NT Servers.
Standard  hosting services include access to the web site via FTP
and/or Microsoft FrontPage.  As additional services we offer Secure Transactions
(SSL),  E-commerce  shopping carts,  Cold Fusion,  Real Audio,  Real Video, Chat
Rooms,  Bulletin  Boards,  Online  Calendars,  and more].  In  addition to these
services,  we also offer server  co-location,  high-end  hosting  solutions  and
Internet/Intranet  server  setup  services.

                  Website Design

We have provided web site design  services since 1996 and, as of September 1999,
have  developed  web  sites  for  250  customers.  We  provide  a  free  initial
consultation.  Our  customers  can choose from several  customized  possible web
layouts for their  business  requirements.  After our customer's  selection,  we
develop a  prototype  site and work with  customers  to design the site to their
specifications

                  Banner Development

We also design banner  advertisements  for our  customers  and, as of September,
1999, we have developed 300 banner advertisements.

                  Online Marketing

We offer web site marketing  services that continually build upon our customer's
current listing to improve their placement in the search engines. Initial launch
of our customer's web site reaches over 400 search engines and services.

         Customers and Marketing
         -----------------------

     Our customer base consists  primarily of small and medium sized enterprises
and dial-up customers located in secondary markets.

     We use targeted  marketing and media advertising to develop brand awareness
and  supplement  these  efforts  with our highly  customized  sales  process and
personalized  customer  service.  Through  our  marketing  managers,  we seek to
develop strong customer relationships within local communities.

     Our  marketing  managers  will also provide  assistance  and support to our
centralized  sales  staff.  This  enables us to evaluate  customers'  needs more
effectively,  to design customized solutions and to reinforce our local presence
as a value-added provider of enhanced Internet services.  Our marketing managers
also identify  market trends,  provide  constant data  regarding  changes in the
competitive  landscape  and also may  identify  and  initiate  contact  with new
customers.  We also  attend  trade shows and other  events to further  reach the
targeted small and medium sized enterprises in each region.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         Competition
         -----------
     The  Internet   services   market  is  extremely   competitive  and  highly
fragmented.  We face competition from numerous types of ISPs, including national
ISPs, and anticipate that  competition  will only intensify in the future as the
ISP industry  consolidates.  We believe that the primary  competitive factors in
the Internet services market include:

     o    Pricing;

     o    Quality and breadth of products and services;

     o    Ease of use;

     o    Personal customer support and service; and

     o    Brand awareness.

    We believe that we compete  favorably  based on these factors,  particularly
due to our:

     o    Regionally focused operating strategy;

     o    Superior customer support and service;

     o    High performance; and

     o    Competitive pricing.

     Our  current   competitors   include   many  large   companies   that  have
substantially  greater market  presence,  brand-name  recognition  and financial
resources than we do. Some of our local or regional  competitors  may also enjoy
greater  recognition within a particular  community.  We currently  compete,  or
expect to compete, with the following types of companies:

     o    national Internet service providers,  such as PSINet, Inc., Concentric
          Network Corporation, Earthlink, Netcom and Mindspring;

     o    providers  of  Web  hosting,   collocation  and  other  Internet-based
          business services, such as Verio, Inc. and Navisite;

     o    numerous regional and local Internet service providers,  some of which
          have significant market share in their particular market area;

     o    established  on-line service providers,  such as America Online,  Inc.
          and Prodigy;

     o    computer hardware and other technology companies that provide Internet
          connectivity with their or other products, including the International
          Business Machines Corporation and Microsoft Corporation;

     o    national  long  distance  carriers  such  as  AT&T  Corporation,   MCI
          WorldCom,  Inc., Qwest  Communications  International  Inc. and Sprint
          Communications Company, L.P.;

     o    regional Bell operating companies and local telephone companies;

                                       9
<PAGE>

     o    providers  of free  Internet  service,  including  NetZero,  Inc.  and
          MicroWorkz Computer Corporation;  cable operators or their affiliates,
          including At Home Corporation and Time Warner  Entertainment  Company,
          L.P.;

     o    terrestrial wireless and satellite Internet service providers; and

     o    non-profit or educational ISPs.

     Many of the major cable companies and some other Internet access  providers
have  begun to offer or are  exploring  the  possibility  of  offering  Internet
connectivity  through the use of cable modems.  Cable  companies,  however,  are
faced  with  large-scale  upgrades  of  their  existing  plant,   equipment  and
infrastructure  in order to support  connections  to the  Internet  backbone via
high-speed  cable  access  devices.  We  believe  that  there is a trend  toward
horizontal  integration  through  acquisitions  or joint ventures  between cable
companies and telecommunications  carriers.  Other alternative service companies
have also announced plans to enter the Internet connectivity market with various
wireless  terrestrial and  satellite-based  service  technologies.  In addition,
several  competitive local exchange carriers and other Internet access providers
have launched  national or regional digital  subscriber line programs  providing
high  speed   Internet   access  using  the  existing   copper  wire   telephone
infrastructure.  Several  of these  competitive  local  exchange  carriers  have
announced  strategic  alliances  with  local,   regional  and  national  service
providers  to provide  broadband  Internet  access.  If we are unable to provide
technologically competitive service, our revenues and profit margins may decline
materially, and our ability to attract additional customers may suffer.

         Recently, several national access providers have begun to offer dial-up
Internet access for free or at substantial  discounts to prevailing rates, which
may result in significant pricing pressure for dial-up Internet access services.
We also believe that  manufacturers of computer hardware and software  products,
media and  telecommunications  companies  and others will  continue to enter the
Internet services market, which will also intensify competition,  especially for
dial-up access providers.  If we are unable to compete with lower-cost providers
by providing  superior service and support,  our revenues and profit margins may
decline materially, and our ability to attract additional customers may suffer.

         Acquisition Strategy
         --------------------
     We recently  signed letters of intent to acquire  Neocom  Microspecialists,
Inc.  and  Eastern  Shorenet,  providers  of  Internet  access,  Web hosting and
co-location services in the Mid-Atlantic region. These proposed acquisitions are
consistent  with our growth  strategy of  building  our  presence  in  secondary
markets  that  have  traditionally  been  under  served by the  larger  Internet
services  companies.  In  addition,  we are also  actively  seeking  acquisition
opportunities  and/or  candidates in the Mid-Atlantic  region that would help us
achieve critical mass in terms of our Internet  access,  development and hosting
customers.

                                       10
<PAGE>

Greattools.com
- --------------

         Product Offerings
         -----------------

     Greattools.com is a direct  merchandiser of over 60 specialty tool products
designed  for light to heavy  industrial  applications.  We market our  products
under the name  Great  Tools  Direct(TM)  and  maintain a diverse  product  line
comprised of five  categories:  (1) Power Tools; (2) Cutting Tools; (3) Masonry;
(4)  Accessories;  and (5)  Automotive.  We offer a  comprehensive  product line
aggregating  approximately 90 different  models of cordless  drills,  batteries,
cutting tools, sanders,  grinders and miscellaneous power tool accessories.  Our
main  product and primary  source of revenue is the cordless  drill.  Sales from
cordless drill account for about 80% of our Greattools.com  revenues. We offer a
variety of cordless  drills from the least  powerful  2.4volt  model to the more
advanced  18.8volt  power  drill.  The  14.4volt  cordless  drill has become the
standard  consumer  drill for  household  use. We offer a 16.8volt  drill and an
18.8volt drill at discounted prices. We have recently  introduced a 24volt drill
and plan on  introducing  other  products  based on our assessment of trends and
market demand.

     All GREAT TOOLS DIRECT  products are designed and  manufactured in China by
Tehao and Hitachi, two large manufacturers of industrial products,  according to
strict  specifications  determined by our  fulfillment  center.  Our fulfillment
center, Global Sourcing Group, frequently develops innovative design concepts in
an effort  to  improve  and  differentiate  their  product  line  from  existing
competition. .

     Our home page features  advertisements,  testimonials  and  promotions  for
various in-stock  merchandise.  Our in-stock  merchandise is carried entirely by
our fulfillment center.  Global Sourcing Group's inventory acts as our "virtual"
inventory which translates to savings with regards  inventory related costs. The
web site provides customers with product information and the ability to directly
purchase products over the Internet in a secure environment.

     We  maintain a standard  refund  policy to any  consumer  who  purchases  a
defective  product.  We have a thirty-day money back guarantee wherein we refund
or replace any products  within thirty days from purchase.  From  inception,  we
have refunded on the average less than three percent of our sales.

         Customers and Marketing
         -----------------------

     Our target  market  consists of retail  customers  located  throughout  the
United States,  Canada and South America.  We target  value-oriented  consumers,
do-it-yourselfers  and  contractors  who use  power  tools  for  light  to heavy
industrial applications. We also target professionals who require tools in their
daily  activity,  such as plumbers,  carpenters,  electricians  and a variety of
other services and repair professionals.

     The  retail  segment  also  includes  consumers  who use  power  tools  for
household applications.  These include hobbyists, homemakers, students and other
do-it-yourselfers.


                                       11
<PAGE>

     The Company's  market  development  strategy is based on several  marketing
channels:

                  Direct Response Advertising

     We advertise in specialty  magazines and consumer  publications,  including
Popular Mechanics (circulation:  1,000,000),  American Woodworker  (circulation:
400,000), Wood Magazine (circulation: 650,000), Popular Woodworker (circulation:
220,000)  and  American  How To  (circulation:  750,000).  We believe that these
publications  are the most  efficient  medium to reach its  target  market.  The
advertisements  highlight  our product line and feature the Internet  address as
the primary means of ordering products, as well as a toll-free telephone number.

                  Database Marketing

     We have  created a  database  of  customers  for repeat  sales and  special
promotions.  The database  currently  contains  over 35,000  names.  Each time a
customer  places an order  online,  the  database  is updated  to  reflect  that
customer's  information  and  buying  patterns.  Due to the  database's  sorting
capabilities,  we believe it receives a greater  percentage  of  responses  from
direct mail to the database  targets  than it would  receive from a generic mass
mailing. We repeatedly mail marketing  materials,  catalogs and brochures to our
customers. Our catalog,  produced once a year, lists the products we maintain in
our  warehouse  and products we can order  directly  from Tehao.  The catalog is
mailed to all of the 35,000 names on our mailing  list as well as new  potential
customers generated by our Web site and regular advertisements.

     We believe  that a large  portion of our  potential  success  relies on the
reputation we have created in our "Great Tools Direct" brand name.  However,  we
do not have any  specific  plans to protect  our mark  "Great  Tools  Direct" by
filing a  trademark  application  with the United  States  Patent and  Trademark
office  (PTO).  We have  conducted a  trademark  search on the label Great Tools
Direct  which did not result in the  discovery  of any other  commercial  entity
using the Great  Tools  Direct or a  substantially  similar  label in the United
States.  We decided that we could better use our limited  capital in advertising
and other  expenses  rather than  investing in protecting its Great Tools Direct
brand name.

         Power Tools Industry
         --------------------

     Dominated by large home centers and hardware and lumber  cooperatives  such
as Home Depot,  Loews,  Menard's,  Ace and True Value, the tool market is large,
highly fragmented and  characterized by multiple  channels of distribution.  The
distribution  channels in the power tools market include retail  outlets,  small
distributorships,   national,  regional  and  local  distributors,  direct  mail
suppliers, large warehouse stores and manufacturer's own direct sales forces.

     Products   imported  from  low-cost  labor  countries  have  increased  the
competitive  pressures on pricing.  Cost  pressures from more  established  name
brands are providing a focus on high quality, low cost alternatives.  Aggressive
value pricing has redefined the basis for  competition  in many of the Company's
product lines.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     There are many  discount  retailers  in the industry  offering  products at
competitive  prices and blurring the  distinction  between  wholesale and retail
such as Home Depot,  Menards and Wal-Mart.  Warehouse  clubs and other  category
leaders are  establishing  a new  economic  framework  for the retail  business,
forcing industry  participants to reduce costs.  Major marketers have focused on
value pricing  strategies,  changing the nature of merchandising  throughout the
industry.

         Competition
         -----------

     The power tool market in which we operate is extremely competitive,  and we
expect such competition to intensify in the future.  Our current and prospective
competitors include many large companies that have substantially  greater market
presence and financial,  technical,  marketing and other resources than we have.
We compete with many retailers and direct  marketers who sell  merchandise  over
the Internet and through  catalogs.  We also compete with traditional  retailers
who sell similar  merchandise to that sold by us. Those retailers  usually offer
brand  name  products  at prices  higher  than our  products.  As newer and more
powerful tools are being introduced into the market, intense competition between
manufacturers  has  developed.  Companies  in the industry  are  developing  new
features to attract  customers and tools are becoming more  reliable,  efficient
and quiet. At the same time,  prices are becoming more competitive as power tool
companies are vying to gain market share. Moreover, as brand delineation becomes
more challenging,  pricing becomes more competitive, thus further increasing the
drive to gain market share.

     We believe that our ability to compete  successfully depends on a number of
factors,  including:  (1) our ability to  continually  provide the customer with
value by  offering  quality  products  at prices  lower than the prices  usually
charged for name brand products; and (2) maintaining a flexible product line and
quickly adapting to the changing needs and tastes of the market.


         Acquisition Strategy
         --------------------

     We believe there are acquisition opportunities among the many small sellers
of power tools. If we believe a favorable opportunity exists, we anticipate that
we will enter into discussions with the owners of such businesses  regarding the
possibility of an acquisition by the Company.  As of the date hereof,  we do not
have any  agreements  or  pending  acquisitions  and have not  entered  into any
letters of intent with  respect to pending  acquisitions.  No  assurance  can be
given  that  we  will  identify  satisfactory   acquisition  candidates  or,  if
identified,  that  we  will  be  able to  consummate  an  acquisition  on  terms
acceptable to us.

                                       13
<PAGE>

Holland-American.com
- --------------------

         Product Offerings
         -----------------

     Holland-American.com  is  an  online  purveyor  of  imported  and  domestic
specialty gourmet foods. We sell specialty products, such as condiments,  sauces
and toppings,  entrees,  prepared  foods and soups,  breads,  pasta,  grains and
beans, crackers/snacks, desserts and confections and oils and vinegar.


         Specialty Foods Industry
         ------------------------

                  Specialty Food Market Today

     The products we sell are known as "gourmet and specialty  food," defined by
the  industry as a whole as  distinctive  food of high  quality.  This  includes
traditional  gourmet food and  confections.  This category also includes branded
specialty products which are available in specialty restaurants or retail shops.
Our  criteria for  determining  whether to classify a food product as gourmet or
specialty include:

     o    cost of ingredients;

     o    cost of processing;

     o    freshness/perishability;

     o    uniqueness;

     o    newness/cutting edge;

     o    cost of packaging; and

     o    cost of importation/distribution.

     We work closely with our fulfillment center, Holland American International
Specialties,  our former food distribution  division,  in selecting products for
our Web site  through  a formal  review  process  which  involves  review of the
supplier  background  and the details of their  product  line.  Our  fulfillment
center's product review committee then samples representative products from each
supplier and rates the products by standardized criteria.

                  Retail Market

     The retail food market  involves  the sale of food  products to  individual
consumers and  households.  The gourmet and specialty food industry is a sizable
segment of the United  States  retail food  market.  According  to a 1995 market
report  published by Packaged Facts,  retail sales of gourmet and specialty food
are projected to reach approximately $48 billion in 2000.  Currently,  specialty
food is principally sold through the following  retail  channels:

                                       14
<PAGE>

     o    supermarkets;

     o    gourmet and specialty food stores;

     o    mail order catalogs;

     o    department stores;

     o    32-television shopping channels; and

     o    discount warehouse retailers.

     The  combination of the size of the specialty food market and the growth of
online shopping have created what we believe to be a sizable market opportunity.

                  Wholesale Market

     The wholesale  market  consists of specialty  food  retailers,  gift shops,
caterers,   restaurants   and  other   resellers  of  specialty  food  products.
Traditionally,  suppliers  of specialty  food have  distributed  their  products
either by using a food broker to sell to retailers at  wholesale  prices,  or by
selling  their  products  to  specialty  food  distributors  who in turn sell to
retailers.  In  these  arrangements,   food  brokers  generally  receive  a  10%
commission  on the  wholesale  price and  distributors  generally  purchase  the
product  at a 20% to 25%  discount  from the  supplier's  wholesale  price.  The
assortment of specialized food brokers and distributors that currently  supports
the  industry  is  highly  fragmented.  As a result,  many  retail  outlets  for
specialty  food products are  underserved  or have limited  access to these food
brokers and distributors.

                  Online opportunity in Specialty Foods

     In both the retail and wholesale markets,  we believe  electronic  commerce
offers  opportunities  to improve the  specialty  food shopping  experience  and
selection.  We believe  traditional  specialty food  businesses face a number of
challenges in providing a satisfying experience:

     o    the specialty food market is highly fragmented with no single dominant
          retailer  or  wholesaler,  and we  estimate  there are at least  5,000
          suppliers throughout the United States;

     o    this fragmentation  leaves both retail and wholesale customers without
          access to a broad base of specialty food products;

     o    distributors  who carry  specialty  food  products  are limited in the
          products they can offer by inventory holding costs, inventory spoilage
          and warehouse size, which restricts the supply and selection available
          for customers;

     o    mail order  catalogs  are not updated as  inventory  level or consumer
          demand changes and are expensive to produce and mail; and

     o    traditional  retail stores have costs  associated  with  occupying and
          operating a physical store and selection is limited by the size of the
          store and inventory considerations.

                                       15
<PAGE>

     We believe  that  sales of gourmet  and  specialty  food over the  Internet
provides a means to address many of these challenges.

                  Customers and Marketing

     Specialty foods are value-added, premium-priced items that are specifically
targeting  consumers  who are willing to pay a premium.  The  Company's  primary
target market consists of discriminating  consumers who seek imported  specialty
gourmet  foods.  According to the National  Association  of the  Specialty  Food
Trade, such consumers typically share certain of the following demographics: (1)
Reside on the Pacific Coast or in New England;  (2) Live in an urban  community;
(3) are in the 25-44 age group;  (4) College  educated;  (5) A  professional  or
proprietor/manager; (6) Earn upwards of $50,000 per annum; and (7) Have children
under the age of six.

     We also have a potential to market to multiple  secondary target markets in
the wholesale sector. Such potential  customers include corporate  coffeehouses,
restaurant  chains,  gift shops,  supermarkets,  grocery  stores,  institutional
accounts and other specialty stores.

     The cornerstone in our marketing  strategy is our personnel's  knowledge of
the consumer.  We believe that  tomorrow's  specialty  food consumer will have a
broader age range from teens to elderly and will be more  health  conscious  and
adventurous  when  it  comes  to  specialty  foods  products.  According  to the
International  Dairy-Deli-Bakery  Association's  1996 year-end report,  the next
generation will have a slant toward global  environmentalism,  blurred political
boundaries and cross-cultural values. In terms of the food consumer of tomorrow,
the report found that "clean" or "organic"  food will be in great demand as baby
boomers  and young  people,  with their  concern  for the  environment,  do more
shopping.

     The development of the Holland-American.com  market potential is predicated
upon the establishment of a diversified product portfolio capable of serving the
different  types  of  imported  specialty  gourmet  food  needs  of  its  target
customers.  This would be crucial if we intend to  exploit  the  opportunity  to
influence  "impulse"  purchases.  According to a 1996 A.C. Nielsen  (Schaumburg,
Illinois)  survey,  cookies,  crackers and other specialty  snacks are among the
"high impulse" items.

     We believe that  convenience  is the driving force  spurring the desires of
America's  specialty  gourmet food product  needs. A growing number of consumers
are  embracing the  convenience  of shopping for  specialty  foods  online.  Our
commitment to carrying a comprehensive  product line,  making shopping a fun and
easy  experience  for the consumer and shipping  orders in a timely  manner will
play a critical role in our objective in achieving critical mass.

         Competition
         -----------

     We operate in a competitive environment. The industry is dominated by large
regional retail  establishments  such as Whole Foods Market,  Wild Oats,  Trader
Joe's,  Gelson's  and Bristol  Farm that rely  heavily on  aggressive  marketing
campaigns and customer  referrals.  Many of these  traditional  retailers  offer
diverse product lines and competitive pricing. In some instances, these firms do
market their  products over the Internet  such as Whole Foods Market,  Wild Oats
and Bristol Farms.

                                       16
<PAGE>

     We enjoy three  competitive  advantages over these larger,  regional firms:
(1) More diverse  product lines,  enabling the Company to act as a single-source
provider for all the customer's  specialty  foods needs;  (2) the convenience of
online shopping; and (3) Prompt shipment of all customer orders.


         Acquisition Strategy
         --------------------

     We intend to consider  potential  acquisitions  to attempt to increase  our
market share and revenues.  To date, we have not entered into  discussions  with
any specific  acquisition  candidates.  No  assurance  can be given that we will
identify satisfactory acquisition candidates or, if identified,  that we will be
able to consummate an acquisition on terms acceptable to us.

Soccersite.com
- --------------

         Product Offerings
         -----------------

     Soccersite.com is a content-oriented and e-commerce Internet site with over
400 pages of information about the sport of soccer. We provide  traditional news
on recent  professional  soccer  games,  and we allow  visitors to post  amateur
league and tournament  information  and training  camps. We also provide a forum
for coaches to interact with players and other  coaches.  We also host a special
section  that caters to young  soccer  enthusiasts.  In  addition,  we provide a
search capacity for visitors to explore specific topics. All content information
is provided free of charge to the visitor.

     To capitalize on the retail opportunities  associated with our web site, we
created  SoccerMall,  an e-commerce  retailer of soccer-related  merchandise and
apparel.  All orders to  SoccerMall  are  fulfilled  directly  by us through our
relationship  with a local distributor in Annapolis,  Maryland.  The merchandise
selection of our fulfillment center also acts as our "virtual" inventory.

         Soccer Industry
         ---------------

     Widely  regarded as the world's most popular sport,  soccer is growing at a
rapid pace in the United  States.  Largely  attributed to the  expansive  Latino
immigrant fan base,  Southern California has become the epicenter for the soccer
community in North America.  According to the Los Angeles  Times,  attendance at
international  soccer  games  hosted  in Los  Angeles  is up over  200% from its
introduction  in 1997. In comparison to other  professional  Los Angeles  sports
teams, the L.A. Galaxy (Major League Soccer professional team) consistently drew
larger home game crowds than any other local team except the Los Angeles Dodgers
with the local fan base largely  comprised  of members of the Latino  community.
Strategy  Research Corp., a leading industry  association which tracks trends in
the Latino community, estimates the Southern California Latino consumers yield a
collective buying power of $57 billion.

         Customers and Marketing
         -----------------------

     To  date,  we  have  had  no  targeted  marketing  campaign.   Nonetheless,
word-of-mouth advertising and traffic generated by search engines, have resulted
in nearly one million visitors to the web site in the past year.

                                       17
<PAGE>

     In addition to retail sales through  SoccerMall,  we sell advertising space
on the web site to merchants and manufacturers.

     We are currently  developing a marketing  strategy designed to attract more
consumers to the web site, build greater  advertising  opportunities and further
advance  the sport of soccer.  This  strategy  will  likely  include  sponsoring
amateur  and   professional   soccer  events,   advertising  in  major  industry
publications   and   participating   in   cooperative   ventures  with  industry
associations.

         Competition
         -----------

     There are numerous  soccer-related  organizations  which have a presence on
the Internet.  Most web sites are retail  e-commerce  websites  offering  soccer
merchandise  and apparel.  There are a smaller  number of web sites that look to
combine a  content-oriented  format with the  convenience  of retail,  including
Soccerweek.com and Soccermadness.com.

         Acquisition Strategy
         --------------------

     We believe there are acquisition opportunities among the providers of value
added  information  about the sport of soccer. In furtherance of our acquisition
strategy,  we anticipate  reviewing and conducting  investigations  of potential
acquisitions.  If we believe a favorable  opportunity exists, we anticipate that
we will enter into discussions with the owners of such businesses  regarding the
possibility of an  acquisition by us. As of the date hereof,  we do not have any
agreements or pending  acquisitions  and have entered into any letters of intent
with respect to pending  acquisitions.  No  assurance  can be given that we will
identify satisfactory acquisition candidates or, if identified,  that we will be
able to consummate an acquisition on terms acceptable to us.

EMPLOYEES

     As of September 30, 1999, we employed twelve (12) full time individuals. We
have  four  from  management,   six  from  sales  and  marketing  and  two  from
administration.  Our employees are not unionized,  and we consider our relations
with our employees to be favorable.


ITEM 2.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION.

         THE FOLLOWING  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS  SHOULD BE READ IN  CONJUNCTION
WITH OUR FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND THE RELATED NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
APPEARING  ELSEWHERE IN THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  THE FOLLOWING  INCLUDES A
NUMBER OF FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT REFLECT OUR CURRENT VIEWS WITH RESPECT
TO FUTURE EVENTS AND FINANCIAL  PERFORMANCE.  WE USE WORDS SUCH AS  ANTICIPATES,
BELIEVES,  EXPECTS,  FUTURE,  AND INTENDS,  AND SIMILAR  EXPRESSIONS TO IDENTIFY
FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS.  INVESTORS SHOULD NOT PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH APPLY ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT.  THESE  FORWARD-LOOKING  STATEMENTS  ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES  THAT  COULD  CAUSE  ACTUAL  RESULTS  TO  DIFFER  MATERIALLY  FROM
HISTORICAL RESULTS OR OUR PREDICTIONS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE RISKS, SEE THE
SECTION ENTITLED "FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS."

                                       18
<PAGE>
OVERVIEW

     We changed our  corporate  focus from that of a food holding  company to an
Internet  holding company with the  acquisition of Sitestar  Corporation in July
1999. Soon after concluding this  acquisition,  we started focusing on acquiring
and  investing  in  Internet-based  enterprises.  Our  mission is to develop our
Internet  operating  subsidiaries  and  future  investments  in  other  Internet
enterprises into highly focused and successful  stand-alone Internet businesses.
We intend to achieve a fast-track  development  process by tapping the services,
support and  knowledge of  individuals  and  organizations  that have  extensive
experience in developing Internet concepts and technologies.

     In July 1999, we began to implement  our current  strategy of acquiring and
investing in emerging  internet based  enterprises to create a broad and diverse
set of core Internet businesses which deliver a variety of online solutions.  In
addition to developing and integrating internet-based technologies,  our primary
objective   is  to   create  a  mix  of   Internet   operating   companies   and
Internet-related  portfolio  investments that will enhance the value of its core
holdings.

     Our Internet services  subsidiary began providing  Internet services to its
customers  in 1996 by  providing  Internet  access  and  enhanced  products  and
services to small and medium sized  enterprises in selected high growth markets.
We target  primarily  small and medium  sized  enterprise  customers  located in
selected high growth secondary markets.  We currently provide our customers with
Internet access and enhanced  products and services in the mid-Atlantic  area of
the United States. We have designed our comprehensive suite of enhanced products
and services to meet the  expanding  needs of our  customers and to increase our
revenue per customer.  The products and services we provide include:  * Internet
access services;

    *    Web design services;

    *    Web hosting services;

    *    End to end e-commerce solutions;

    *    Online marketing consulting; and

    *    Management of mission critical Internet applications.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     Prior to our change in corporate  focus from that of a food holding company
to that of an Internet  holding  company,  we generated all of our revenues from
sales of specialty food products. We have historically derived a majority of our
revenues from small independent specialty food retail customers.  From inception
until July 1999, we generated  revenues  exclusively  from  wholesale and retail
sales.  We derive  income from our wholesale and retail sales from the excess of
the wholesale  and retail prices we charge our customers  over the product costs
we pay  our  suppliers.  We have a  wholesale  program  in  which  we sell  bulk
quantities  of  specialty  food  products to  registered  retailers at wholesale
prices. In this program,  we purchase products from suppliers at a distributor's
discounted  price and derive income from the difference  between this discounted
price and the wholesale price we charge. Additionally,  our retail customers pay
for orders by cash or credit card while we pay our suppliers on extended  terms.
As a result,  we are able to increase  our working  capital  between the time we
receive payment for orders and the time we are required to pay suppliers.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     Our net revenues  have grown since  inception,  from  $1,553,926 in 1997 to
$2,175,867 in 1998. Specialty food sales are inherently  seasonal,  with highest
volumes during the fourth quarter holiday season. Additionally, our business has
a large gift-giving component.  As a result of these two factors,  approximately
46% of our 1998 sales were realized in the fourth  quarter.  We have taken steps
intended to reduce the  magnitude  of this trend such as  expanding  our product
selection,  and  emphasizing  non-holiday  occasions  and personal  consumption.
However,   we  expect   fourth   quarter   sales  to  continue  to  represent  a
disproportionate amount of annual sales in the future.

     We incurred  net losses of $197,839 in the six months  ended June 30, 1999,
$284,494 in year ended  December  31, 1998 and  $194,069 in seven  months  ended
December 31, 1997. At June 30, 1999 we had an  accumulated  deficit of $676,402.
On a pro forma basis,  had the  divestiture  of Holland  American taken place at
January 1, 1999,  our net loss in the six months  ended June 30, 1999 would have
been $103,830.  We also  anticipate to further cut the losses as a result of the
elimination of the additional  corporate  expenses  related to our spun-off food
operations.

     We have a limited  operating  history on which to base an evaluation of our
business and  prospects.  You must consider our prospects in light of the risks,
expenses and  difficulties  frequently  encountered  by companies in their early
stage of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets
such as online  commerce.  To address  these  risks,  we must obtain  sufficient
operating capital,  maintain and expand our customer base,  continue to increase
our product  offerings,  successfully  implement  our  business,  marketing  and
promotional  strategies,  continue to develop our order  processing  technology,
respond to competitive  developments in the specialty food market,  and attract,
retain and motivate  qualified  personnel.  We cannot assure you that we will be
successful  in  addressing  these risks and our failure  could be harmful to our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

     The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage
of revenues for the periods indicated:

                           Year      Seven Months        Six Months
                           Ended         Ended          Ended June 30,
                        December 31,  December 31,    -----------------
                            1998          1997         1999      1998
                        ------------  ------------    ------    ------

Revenues                   100.0%        100.0%       100.0%    100.0%
Operating expenses:
 Cost of revenues           74.2          75.8         75.1      69.8
 Selling, general and
  Administrative            38.0          36.7         43.7      29.1
                           -----         -----        -----     -----
                           112.2         112.5        118.8      98.9
                           -----         -----        -----     -----
Operating loss             (12.2)        (12.5)       (18.8)      1.1
                           -----         -----        ------    -----
Net loss                   (12.2)%       (12.5)%      (18.8)%     1.1%
                           ======        ======       ======    ======


                                       20
<PAGE>

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999 COMPARED TO THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

     REVENUES. Net revenues consist of product sales to customers and charges to
customers  for  outbound  shipping  and  handling  costs and are net of  product
returns and promotional discounts.  Revenues are recognized upon the shipment of
products  from our  suppliers.  Net  revenues  decreased to $870,249 for the six
months ended June 30, 1999 from $882,471 for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
This decrease  reflects a decreased  number of transactions due to a shortage of
products in the first quarter.

     COST OF GOODS SOLD.  Cost of goods sold consists  primarily of the costs of
products sold to customers and actual outbound shipping and handling costs. Cost
of goods sold  increased to $654,011 for the six months ended June 30, 1999 from
$616,688  for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1998.  Our gross  profit  margin
decreased  to 24.9% of net  revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1999 from
30.1% of net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1998.  This  decrease in
gross profit margin was due to a few factors:  During the first quarter of 1999,
we offered  many  products at  promotional  prices to  increase  sales after the
holiday  season.  As  part of our  promotional  campaign,  we  also  experienced
substantial  demand  in the first  quarter  of 1999 for  products  for which our
prices  did not  allow  us to  recoup  our  shipping  costs.  However,  once our
promotional  campaign is over, we anticipate to recoup all our shipping costs in
all future sales.

     SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Sales and marketing expenses consist
primarily of advertising  and promotional  expenditures  and payroll and related
expenses  for  personnel  engaged in sales and  marketing  activities.  Selling,
general and administrative expenses increased by $123,817, or 48.2%, to $380,623
for the six months  ended June 30, 1999  compared to $256,806 for the six months
ended  June  30,  1998.  As a  percentage  of  revenues,  selling,  general  and
administrative  expenses  increased  to 43.7% for the six months  ended June 30,
1999 from  29.1% for the six  months  ended  June 30,  1998.  This  increase  is
primarily  attributable to the increase in general and administrative  personnel
and an increase in corporate expenses.  Our corporate general and administrative
expenses,  which were not incurred in the seven months ending December 31, 1997,
increased by $103,830.


YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1998  COMPARED TO THE SEVEN  MONTHS ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1997

     REVENUES. Net revenues consist of product sales to customers and charges to
customers  for  outbound  shipping  and  handling  costs and are net of  product
returns and promotional discounts.  Revenues are recognized upon the shipment of
products from our operations facility. Revenues increased by $621,941 or 40%, to
$2.176  million for the year ended December 31, 1998 from $1.554 million for the
seven months ended  December 31, 1997.  This increase in revenues  resulted from
the  Company's  first full year of operation  compared to the seven months ended
December 31, 1997. On a pro forma  annualized  basis,  our sales would have been
estimated  at $2.664  million if we had an  additional  five months in the seven
months ended December 31, 1997. On a pro forma basis,  this decrease in revenues
reflects a decreased number of transactions due to the lack of products due to a
deficiency in our working  capital.  All of the Company's  revenues came in from
its  specialty  food  operations  during  fiscal years 1997 and 1998.  We do not
anticipate  the same revenue  sources due to our recent  divestiture of our food
operations.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     COST OF GOODS SOLD.  Cost of goods sold consists  primarily of the costs of
products sold to customers and actual outbound shipping and handling costs. Cost
of goods sold  increased  by  $437,047,  or 37%, to $1.614  million for the year
ended  December 31, 1998 from $1.177 million for the seven months ended December
31, 1997. This increase was primarily  attributable to the increase in our sales
period  from seven  months  ending  December  31, 1997 to twelve  months  ending
December 31, 1998. On a pro forma annualized basis, our cost of goods sold would
have been estimated at $2.017 million. The decrease of cost of goods sold in the
twelve months ended December 31, 1998 compared to the  annualized  cost of goods
sold for fiscal  year 1997 was  primarily  to the  decrease  in  revenues in the
twelve  months ended  December 31, 1998.  As a percentage  of revenues,  cost of
goods sold were 74.2% for the year ended  December 31,  1998,  compared to 75.8%
for the year ended December 31, 1997. Our gross profit margin increased to 25.8%
of net revenues for the twelve months ended  December 31, 1998 from 24.2% of net
revenues for the seven months ended  December 31, 1997.  This  increase in gross
profit margin was due to the new products we offered that have  slightly  higher
margins during fiscal year 1999 to broaden our product offering.

     SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  Sales and marketing expenses consist
primarily of advertising  and promotional  expenditures  and payroll and related
expenses  for  personnel  engaged in sales and  marketing  activities.  Selling,
general and administrative  expenses increased by $256,922,  or 45%, to $827,040
for the year ended  December  31, 1998 from  $570,118 in the seven  months ended
December 31, 1997.  This increase was primarily  attributable to the increase in
our sales period from seven  months  ending  December 31, 1997 to twelve  months
ending December 31, 1998. On a pro forma annualized basis, selling,  general and
administrative  expenses  in fiscal  year 1997  would  have  been  estimated  at
$977,345.  As a percentage of revenues,  these  expenses were 38.0% for the year
ended December 31, 1998, compared to 36.6% for the year ended December 31, 1997.
This increase in selling, general and administrative expense in dollars and as a
percentage  of revenues is  primarily  attributable  to the increase in selling,
general and administrative on the corporate level related on acquisition related
expenses such as legal, accounting and public relations.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Our  business  plan has  required,  and is expected to continue to require,
substantial capital to fund operations, capital expenditures, expansion of sales
and marketing  capabilities and  acquisitions.

     To date,  we have  financed  our  operation  primarily  through  short-term
borrowings and internally  generated cash flow form our operations.  In addition
since  December  31,  1998,  we borrowed  approximately  $415,000  from  various
investors  and  approximately  $144,000  from our  stockholders  in exchange for
promissory notes in these principal amounts which bear interest at the rate of 8
percent per year.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     We  believe  that the net  cash  position  on a pro  forma  basis  with the
acquisition of Sitestar,  together with our existing cash and cash  equivalents,
will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  working  capital  and  capital  expenditure
requirements for at least the next 6 months.  Thereafter,  we may be required to
seek  additional  sources  of  financing.  We may  also  be  required  to  raise
additional  financing  before such time. If additional  funds are raised through
the issuance of equity  securities,  our existing  shareholders  may  experience
significant  dilution.  Furthermore,  additional  financing may not be available
when needed or, if available, such financing may not be on terms favorable to us
or  our  shareholders.   If  such  sources  of  financing  are  insufficient  or
unavailable,  or if we experience shortfalls in anticipated revenue or increases
in anticipated  expenses,  we may need to slow down or stop the expansion of our
e-commerce business, including our ISPs and reduce our marketing and development
efforts.  Any of these events could harm our  business,  financial  condition or
results of operations.

IMPACT OF THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE

     Many computer  programs have been written using two digits rather than four
to define the  applicable  year.  This poses a problem at the end of the century
because these  computer  programs may recognize a date using 00 as the year 1900
rather than the year 2000.  This, in turn, could result in major system failures
or miscalculations, and is generally referred to as the year 2000 issue. We have
formulated  and, to a large extent,  implemented a plan to address our year 2000
issues.

     During 1999, we  established a year 2000  compliance  program to coordinate
our efforts to resolve our year 2000  issues.  We are  addressing  our year 2000
issues through a comprehensive  assessment of both our internal  systems and the
systems of our external operating and suppliers.

INTERNAL SYSTEMS ASSESSMENT AND REVIEW

     Our internal systems  assessment and review consists of four-phases,  which
we expect to complete by the end of the third quarter of 1999:

     *    ASSESSMENT--We  have  conducted an inventory of our existing  systems,
          performed risk assessment on these systems, prioritized the importance
          of these systems, and determined  appropriate allocation of resources.
          This assessment is substantially complete.

     *    ANALYSIS AND  PLANNING--We  have  selected  corrective  methods  where
          needed,  developed  appropriate test standards,  determined conversion
          sequences  where  needed,  and  established  a detailed  timeline  for
          correcting any known year 2000 problems. This analysis and planning is
          substantially complete.

     *    CONVERSION AND  TESTING--We  are  developing  and modifying  operating
          codes,   purchasing  or  installing   vendor-provided   solutions  and
          conducting unit and system tests.  Our conversion and testing phase is
          substantially complete.

     *    IMPLEMENTATION--We  have  begun  modifying  previously   non-compliant
          systems,  installing  third  party  solutions,   updating  operational
          procedures,  and training our employees as needed. This implementation
          phase is substantially complete.

                                       23
<PAGE>

     We also face risks from  customer-provided  hardware and  software  that we
host in our data  centers  that in many  cases has been  customized  by  outside
service providers or customer personnel. While we inform our customers that they
are  responsible for year 2000 compliance of their hosted hardware and software,
we cannot assure you that our customers will take the steps necessary to achieve
year 2000 compliance.  The failure of our customers and third-party providers to
ensure that their  hosted  hardware and  software is year 2000  compliant  could
disrupt our operations and materially  adversely affect our financial  condition
and operating results.

EXTERNAL SYSTEMS ASSESSMENT AND REVIEW

     We  have  also  conducted  a  four-phase  review  of  the  systems  of  our
operatings,  suppliers,  and other third parties (including  equipment providers
and  other  telecommunications  service  providers)  to assess  their  year 2000
compliance efforts.  The first phase, which is completed,  included  identifying
our critical operatings,  suppliers, and vendors. This phase involved requesting
information from these critical operatings,  analyzing their responses, studying
their  published  year 2000  statements,  performing  our own risk  assessments,
prioritizing the importance of potential  non-compliant  systems and determining
appropriate allocation of resources.

     Our second  phase  includes  developing  personal  contacts  with  critical
operatings' year 2000 staff, articulating our concerns and requesting assistance
from them with respect to their products.  This phase is substantially complete.
Our third phase includes  receiving  information  from responses to our requests
for assistance, researching Web sites, making phone contacts and summarizing the
results of the information that we receive.  Finally,  our fourth phase includes
actively evaluating  different systems,  testing critical  operatings' year 2000
updates, reviewing such information with our management team and identifying any
additional  resources that may be needed.  We believe that phases three and four
of our  review  will be  substantially  complete  prior to the end of the  third
quarter of 1999.

     We have  reviewed and analyzed the year 2000  compliance  of  Sitestar.net,
which  we  acquired  in  July  1999.  We  are  in  the  process  of  integrating
Sitestar.net  into our  operations.  We do not believe that this  integration of
their systems with ours will have an adverse effect on our year 2000  compliance
status.

     During the year ended December 31, 1998, we spent over $8,000 in connection
with the  upgrade and  continuing  build-out  of our  technical  operations  and
network.  We believe  that all of this  newly  acquired  equipment  is year 2000
compliant.  We have incurred costs and expect to incur  additional costs in 1999
in connection with our year 2000 program, which we believe will not be material.

     We currently  believe that our most likely worst case  scenario  related to
the year 2000 issue is associated with concerns with our suppliers' products and
software.  If one or more of our suppliers  experience  year 2000 problems which
result in decreased  Internet usage and that delay or interfere with our ability
to receive or transmit our customers' data, our business and operations could be
adversely affected.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     We believe that our plan to address year 2000 issues will be fully executed
prior to  January  1,  2000;  however,  any  failure  of this plan  could have a
material adverse effect on our operating results.  Despite the testing performed
by us and our vendors, our products, services and systems may contain undetected
errors or defects  associated  with year 2000 date  functions.  In the event any
material  errors or defects are not detected and fixed,  or third parties cannot
timely  provide us with  products,  services or systems  that meet the year 2000
requirements,  our operating results could be materially adversely affected.  We
cannot  guarantee  that we will be able to timely  and  successfully  modify our
products,  services and systems to comply with year 2000 requirements if we have
failed to accurately assess, test and correct year 2000 issues. Known or unknown
errors or defects that affect the operation of our products, services or systems
could  result in a delay in the  receipt  of  payment,  interruption  of network
services,   cancellation  of  customer   contracts,   diversion  of  development
resources,  damage to our reputation and litigation  costs. We cannot  guarantee
that these or other  factors  relating to year 2000  compliance  issues will not
have a material adverse effect on our business.

     We have prepared a contingency  plan in the event that any of our products,
services or systems  remain  non-compliant  as of December 31, 1999.  As part of
this contingency plan, we may replace any non-compliant suppliers or other third
party providers with those with demonstrated year 2000 compliance.


                FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE OPERATING RESULTS

     We  operate in a rapidly  changing  environment  that  involves a number of
risks, some of which are beyond our control.  Forward-looking statements in this
document  and those made from time to time by us are made  pursuant  to the safe
harbor  provisions  of the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995.
Forward-looking  statements  concerning the expected future revenues or earnings
or concerning projected plans, performance, product development, product release
or product shipment, as well as other estimates related to future operations are
necessarily  only estimates of future results and there can be no assurance that
actual results will not  materially  differ from  expectations.  We undertake no
obligation to publicly  release the results of any revisions to  forward-looking
statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances  occurring after
the date such statements were made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated
events.

     Factors that could cause actual results to differ  materially  from results
anticipated in forward-looking  statements  include,  but are not limited to the
following:


                    RISKS PARTICULAR TO SITESTAR CORPORATION


WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY UPON WHICH YOU MAY EVALUATE US.

     Our new corporate  philosophy was formulated in July 1999. Although we have
grown  significantly  since then, we have a limited operating history upon which
you may evaluate our business and prospects.  We and our wholly owned  operating
companies  are among the many  companies  that have  entered  into the  emerging
e-commerce  market.  All of our  operating  companies are in the early stages of

                                       25
<PAGE>

their development. Our business and prospects must be considered in light of the
risk, expense and difficulties  frequently  encountered by companies in an early
stage of development, particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets
such as e-commerce.  If we are unable to effectively  allocate our resources and
help  grow  existing  operating  companies,  our stock  price  may be  adversely
affected  and  we may  be  unable  to  execute  our  strategy  of  developing  a
collaborative network of operating companies.


OUR BUSINESS DEPENDS UPON THE PERFORMANCE OF OUR OPERATING  COMPANIES,  WHICH IS
UNCERTAIN.

     Economic,  governmental,  industry and internal company factors outside our
control affect each of our operating  companies.  If our operating  companies do
not succeed,  the value of our assets will decline.  The material risks relating
to our operating companies include:

     o    fluctuations  in the market  price of the  common  stock of our future
          publicly traded  operating  companies,  which are likely to affect the
          price of our common stock;

     o    lack of the  widespread  commercial  use of the  Internet,  which  may
          prevent our operating companies from succeeding; and

     o    intensifying  competition  for the products and services our operating
          companies  offer,  which  could  lead  to the  failure  of some of our
          operating companies.

     The other material risks relating to our operating companies are more fully
described below under "Risks Particular to Our Operating Companies."


OUR BUSINESS MODEL IS UNPROVEN.

     Our strategy is based on an unproven  business  model.  Our business  model
depends on the  willingness of companies to join our  collaborative  network and
the ability of the collaborative network to assist our operating companies.  Our
business model depends on our ability to share information within our network of
operating companies.  If competition develops among our operating companies,  we
may be unable to fully  benefit  from the  sharing  of  information  within  our
network of operating companies.  If we cannot convince companies of the value of
our  business  model,  our ability to attract new  companies  will be  adversely
affected and our strategy of building a collaborative network may not succeed.


WE MAY HAVE TO TAKE CERTAIN ACTIONS TO AVOID  REGISTRATION  UNDER THE INVESTMENT
COMPANY ACT OF 1940.

     We believe  that we are  actively  engaged in the  business  of  e-commerce
through  our  network of  operating  companies.  However,  due to a  significant
possibility   that  many  of  our  future   operating   companies   may  not  be
majority-owned  subsidiaries,  changes  in the  value  of our  interests  in our
operating  companies  and  the  income/loss  and  revenue  attributable  to  our
operating  companies could require us to register as an investment company under
the  Investment  Company Act unless we take  action to avoid  being  required to

                                       26
<PAGE>

register.  For  example,  we may be unable to sell  minority  interests we would
otherwise want to sell and may need to sell some assets which are not considered
to be investment securities,  including interests in operating companies. We may
also have to ensure  that we retain  at least a 25%  ownership  interest  in our
operating  companies after their initial public offerings.  In addition,  we may
have to acquire  additional income or  loss-generating  assets that we might not
otherwise have acquired or may have to forgo  opportunities to acquire interests
in companies  that we would  otherwise want to acquire would be important to our
strategy. It is not feasible for us to register as an investment company because
the Investment  Company Act  regulations are  inconsistent  with our strategy of
actively managing,  operating and promoting  collaboration  among our network of
operating companies.


FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR QUARTERLY RESULTS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR STOCK PRICE.

     We expect that our quarterly  results will fluctuate  significantly  due to
many factors, including:

     *    the operating results of our operating companies;

     *    changes  in equity  losses  or income  and  amortization  of  goodwill
          related to the  acquisition  or  divestiture of interests in operating
          companies;

     *    changes  in our  methods  of  accounting  for  our  operating  company
          interests,  which may result from changes in our ownership percentages
          of our operating companies;

     *    sales of equity  securities  by our operating  companies,  which could
          cause us to  recognize  gains or losses  under  applicable  accounting
          rules;

     *    the pace of  development  or a decline  in  growth  of the  e-commerce
          market;

     *    intense  competition from other potential  acquirors of B2B e-commerce
          companies,  which could  increase our cost of  acquiring  interests in
          additional  companies,  and  competition  for the goods  and  services
          offered by our operating companies; and

     *    our  ability  to  effectively  manage our growth and the growth of our
          operating  companies  during  the  anticipated  rapid  growth  of  the
          e-commerce market.

     We believe that  period-to-period  comparisons of our operating results are
not meaningful.  Additionally,  if our operating results in one or more quarters
do not meet securities  analysts' or your expectations,  the price of our common
stock could decrease.


                                       27
<PAGE>

OUR SUCCESS IS  DEPENDENT  ON OUR KEY  PERSONNEL  AND THE KEY  PERSONNEL  OF OUR
OPERATING COMPANIES.

     We believe that our success will depend on continued  employment  by us and
our operating  companies of senior management and key technical  personnel.  Our
success also depends on the continued  assistance of our Advisory Board members,
some of whom may from time to time  leave  our  Advisory  Board.  If one or more
members of our senior management,  our operating companies' senior management or
our  Advisory  Board were  unable or  unwilling  to  continue  in their  present
positions, our business and operations could be disrupted.

     As of September 30, 1999, all of our  management  personnel have worked for
us for less than one year. Our  efficiency may be limited while these  employees
and future employees are being integrated into our operations.  In addition,  we
may be unable to find and hire additional  qualified management and professional
personnel to help lead us and our operating companies.

     The success of some of our operating companies also depends on their having
highly trained technical and marketing  personnel.  Our operating companies will
need to  continue to hire  additional  personnel  as their  businesses  grow.  A
shortage in the number of trained technical and marketing  personnel could limit
the  ability of our  operating  companies  to increase  sales of their  existing
products and services and launch new product offerings.

     Our expenses will increase as we build an  infrastructure  to implement our
business  model.  For example,  we expect to hire additional  employees,  expand
information  technology  systems and lease more space for our corporate offices.
In addition, we plan to significantly increase our operating expenses to:

     *    broaden our operating company support capabilities;

     *    explore acquisition  opportunities and alliances with other companies;
          and

     *    facilitate business arrangements among our operating companies.

     Expenses  may  also  increase  due  to the  potential  effect  of  goodwill
amortization and other charges resulting from completed and future acquisitions.
If any of these and other expenses are not accompanied by increased revenue, our
operating losses will be greater than we anticipate.


OUR OPERATING COMPANIES ARE GROWING RAPIDLY AND WE MAY HAVE DIFFICULTY ASSISTING
THEM IN MANAGING THEIR GROWTH.

     Our operating companies have grown, and we expect them to continue to grow,
rapidly by adding new  products  and  services  and hiring new  employees.  This
growth is  likely to place  significant  strain  on their  resources  and on the
resources  we allocate  to assist our  operating  companies.  In  addition,  our
management may be unable to convince our operating  companies to adopt our ideas
for effectively and successfully managing their growth.

     We may compete with some of our shareholders and operating  companies,  and
our operating companies may compete with each other.

                                       28
<PAGE>

WE FACE COMPETITION FROM OTHER POTENTIAL ACQUIRERS OF E-COMMERCE COMPANIES.

     We face competition from other capital providers including  publicly-traded
Internet companies,  venture capital companies and large  corporations.  Many of
these  competitors have greater  financial  resources and brand name recognition
than we do. These  competitors may limit our opportunity to acquire interests in
new operating companies. If we cannot acquire interests in attractive companies,
our strategy to build a  collaborative  network of operating  companies  may not
succeed.


OUR SUCCESS COULD BE IMPAIRED BY VALUATIONS PLACED ON INTERNET-RELATED COMPANIES
BY THE FINANCIAL MARKETPLACE.

     Our strategy involves creating value for our shareholders and the employees
of our operating  companies by helping our operating  companies  grow and access
the  capital   markets.   We  are   therefore   dependent   on  the  market  for
Internet-related  companies  in  general  and  for  public  offerings  of  those
companies  in  particular.  To date,  there  have been a  substantial  number of
Internet-related  initial public offerings and additional offerings are expected
to be made in the  future.  If the market  for  Internet-related  companies  and
initial  public  offerings  were to weaken for an extended  period of time,  the
ability of our operating  companies to grow and access the capital  markets will
be  impaired,  and we may need to provide  additional  capital to our  operating
companies.

WE MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN MAXIMUM VALUE FOR OUR OPERATING COMPANY INTERESTS.

     We  have  significant  positions  in  our  operating  companies.  While  we
generally do not anticipate selling our interests in our operating companies, if
we were to divest  all or part of them,  we may not  receive  maximum  value for
these positions.  For future operating companies with publicly-traded  stock, we
may be unable to sell our interest at then-quoted  market  prices.  Furthermore,
for  those  operating  companies  that do not have  publicly-traded  stock,  the
realizable  value of our  interests  may  ultimately  prove to be lower than the
carrying value currently reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

                   RISKS INHERENT TO OUR ACQUISITION STRATEGY

     We have in the past,  and intend to in the  future,  to expand  through the
acquisition  of  businesses,  technologies,  products and services,  such as the
recent   acquisitions  of  Sitestar.net,   Soccersite.com,   Greattools.com  and
Holland-American.com.  Acquisitions  may  result  in  the  potentially  dilutive
issuance of equity  securities,  the incurrence of additional debt,  development
costs and the  amortization of goodwill and other  intangible  assets.  Further,
acquisitions  involve  a  number  of  special  problems,   including  difficulty
integrating  technologies,  operations and personnel and diversion of management
attention in connection with both  negotiating the  acquisitions and integrating
the assets.  There can be no assurance  that we will be successful in addressing
such problems. In addition,  growth associated with numerous acquisitions places
significant  strain on our  managerial  and  operational  resources.  Our future
operating  results  will  depend  to a  significant  degree  on its  ability  to
successfully manage growth and integrate acquisitions.  Furthermore, many of our
operating companies are early-stage companies,  with limited operating histories
and limited or no revenues; there can be no assurance that we will be successful
in developing such companies.
                                       29
<PAGE>

UNCERTAINTIES ASSOCIATED WITH SELLING ASSETS

     A significant  element of our business plan involves selling,  in public or
private offerings,  portions of the companies it has acquired and developed. The
Company's  ability  to  engage  in any such  transactions,  the  timing  of such
transactions and the amount of proceeds from such  transactions are dependant on
market and other conditions largely beyond our control.  Accordingly,  there can
be no  assurance  that we will be able to  engage  in such  transactions  in the
future or that when we are able to engage in such  transactions  they will be at
favorable  prices.  If we were unable to  liquidate  portions  of its  portfolio
companies at favorable prices, our business,  financial condition and results of
operations would be adversely affected.

WE MAY NOT HAVE OPPORTUNITIES TO ACQUIRE INTERESTS IN ADDITIONAL COMPANIES.

     We may be unable to identify  companies that  complement our strategy,  and
even if we identify a company that complements our strategy, we may be unable to
acquire an interest in the company for many reasons, including:

     *    failure to agree on the terms of the  acquisition,  such as the amount
          or price of our acquired interest;

     *    incompatibility between us and management of the company;

     *    competition from other acquirers of e-commerce companies;

     *    a lack of capital to acquire an interest in the company; and

     *    the unwillingness of the company to operating with us.

     If we cannot  acquire  interests in attractive  companies,  our strategy to
build a collaborative network of operating companies may not succeed.

OUR RESOURCES AND OUR ABILITY TO MANAGE NEWLY ACQUIRED  OPERATING  COMPANIES MAY
BE STRAINED AS WE ACQUIRE MORE AND LARGER INTERESTS IN E-COMMERCE COMPANIES.

     We have acquired, and plan to continue to acquire, significant interests in
both  Business to Consumer and Business to Business  e-commerce  companies  that
complement  our  business  strategy.  In  the  future,  we  may  acquire  larger
percentages or larger interests in companies than we have in the past, or we may
seek to acquire  100%  ownership  of  companies  as we have done in our  initial
stages of development. These larger acquisitions may place significantly greater
strain on our  resources,  ability  to manage  such  companies  and  ability  to
integrate them into our collaborative  network.  Future acquisitions are subject
to the following risks:

     *    Our  acquisitions may cause a disruption in our ongoing support of our
          operating  companies,  distract our management and other resources and
          make it difficult to maintain our standards, controls and procedures.

     *    We may acquire  interests in companies in e-commerce  markets in which
          we  have  little  experience.  * We may  not  be  able  to  facilitate
          collaboration  between our operating  companies and new companies that
          we acquire.

     *    To fund future  acquisitions we may be required to incur debt or issue
          equity securities, which may be dilutive to existing shareholders.

                                       30
<PAGE>

OUR SYSTEMS AND THOSE OF OUR  OPERATING  COMPANIES  AND THIRD PARTIES MAY NOT BE
YEAR 2000  COMPLIANT,  WHICH COULD DISRUPT OUR  OPERATIONS AND THE OPERATIONS OF
OUR OPERATING COMPANIES.

     Many computer  programs have been written using two digits rather than four
digits to define  the  applicable  year.  This poses a problem at the end of the
century  because these computer  programs may recognize a date using "00" as the
year 1900,  rather than the year 2000. This in turn could result in major system
failures or miscalculations and is generally referred to as the Year 2000 issue.
We may  realize  exposure  and risk if our  systems and the systems on which our
operating  companies are dependent to conduct their operations are not Year 2000
compliant. Our potential areas of exposure include products purchased from third
parties,  computers,  software,  telephone  systems  and  other  equipment  used
internally. If our present efforts and the efforts of our operating companies to
address the Year 2000 compliance issues are not successful,  or if distributors,
suppliers  and other third  parties  with which we and our  operating  companies
conduct business do not successfully  address such issues,  our business and the
businesses of our  operational  companies may not be operational for a period of
time. If the Web-hosting facilities of our operating companies are not Year 2000
compliant, their production Web sites would be unavailable and they would not be
able to deliver services to their users.


                  RISKS PARTICULAR TO OUR OPERATING COMPANIES

     Sitestar and our operating companies' result of operations, and accordingly
the price of its  common  stock,  may be  adversely  affected  by the  following
factors:

     *    lack of acceptance of the Internet as an advertising medium;

     *    inability  to  develop  a large  base of  users of its Web  sites  who
          possess demographic characteristics attractive to advertisers;

     *    lower advertising rates;

     *    slow development of the e-commerce market;

     *    lack of acceptance of its Internet content;

     *    loss of key content providers;

     *    intense competition;

     *    loss of key personnel; and

     *    inability to manage growth.

THE  SUCCESS  OF OUR  OPERATING  COMPANIES  DEPENDS  ON THE  DEVELOPMENT  OF THE
E-COMMERCE MARKET, WHICH IS UNCERTAIN.

     All of our  operating  companies  rely on the  Internet  for the success of
their  businesses.  The  development  of the  e-commerce  market is in its early
stages. If widespread commercial use of the Internet does not develop, or if the
Internet  does not develop as an effective  medium for the provision of products
and services, our operating companies may not succeed.

                                       31
<PAGE>

     Our  long-term   success   depends  on  widespread   market-acceptance   of
e-commerce.  A number of factors  could prevent such  acceptance,  including the
following:

     *    the unwillingness of businesses to shift from traditional processes to
          e-commerce processes;

     *    the necessary network  infrastructure  for substantial growth in usage
          of e-commerce may not be adequately developed;

     *    increased  government  regulation or taxation may adversely affect the
          viability of e-commerce;

     *    insufficient availability of telecommunication  services or changes in
          telecommunication  services could result in slower  response times for
          the users of e-commerce; and

     *    concern  and  adverse  publicity  about  the  security  of  e-commerce
          transactions.


OUR OPERATING COMPANIES MAY FAIL IF THEIR COMPETITORS PROVIDE SUPERIOR INTERNET-
RELATED  OFFERINGS  OR CONTINUE TO HAVE  GREATER  RESOURCES  THAN OUR  OPERATING
COMPANIES HAVE.

     Competition  for Internet  products and services is intense.  As the market
for e-commerce  grows, we expect that  competition  will intensify.  Barriers to
entry  are  minimal,  and  competitors  can offer  products  and  services  at a
relatively  low  cost.  Our  operating  companies  compete  for  a  share  of  a
customer's: * purchasing budget for services,  materials and supplies with other
online providers and traditional distribution channels;

     *    dollars spent on consulting services with many established information
          systems and management consulting firms; and

     *    advertising  budget  with online  services  and  traditional  off-line
          media, such as print and trade associations.

     In addition,  some of our operating companies compete to attract and retain
a critical  mass of buyers and  sellers.  Several  companies  offer  competitive
solutions  that compete with one or more of our operating  companies.  We expect
that  additional  companies will offer  competing  solutions on a stand-alone or
combined basis in the future. Furthermore,  our operating companies' competitors
may develop Internet  products or services that are superior to, or have greater
market acceptance than, the solutions offered by our operating companies. If our
operating   companies   are  unable  to  compete   successfully   against  their
competitors, our operating companies may fail.

     Many of our operating companies' competitors have greater brand recognition
and  greater  financial,  marketing  and  other  resources  than  our  operating
companies.  This  may  place  our  operating  companies  at  a  disadvantage  in
responding to their competitors'  pricing  strategies,  technological  advances,
advertising campaigns, strategic partnerships and other initiatives.


                                       32
<PAGE>

DEPENDENCE ON THIRD-PARTY RELATIONSHIPS

     Our operating  subsidiaries are currently,  and expect to be in the future,
dependent on a number of third-party relationships.  These relationships include
arrangements  relating  to the  creation of traffic on  Sitestar-affiliated  Web
sites and resulting generation of advertising and commerce-related  revenue. The
termination of, or the failure of such Sitestar-affiliated Web sites to renew on
reasonable  terms,  such  relationships  could  have an  adverse  effect  on our
business, results of operations and financial condition. Our operating companies
also  are  generally   dependent  on  other   third-party   relationships   with
advertisers,  sponsors and partners.  Most of these  arrangements do not require
future minimum commitments to use our services,  are often not exclusive and are
often  short-term or may be terminated  at the  convenience  of the other party.
There can be no  assurance  that these third  parties  will not  reassess  their
commitment  to our operating  companies at any time in the future,  or that they
will not develop their own competitive services or products.  Further, there can
be no  assurance  that the  services  of these  companies  will  achieve  market
acceptance or commercial  success and therefore  there can be no assurance  that
our  existing  relationships  will result in sustained  or  successful  business
partnerships or significant revenues for us.


SOME OF OUR  OPERATING  COMPANIES  MAY BE UNABLE TO  PROTECT  THEIR  PROPRIETARY
RIGHTS AND MAY INFRINGE ON THE PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF OTHERS.

     Proprietary rights,  particularly in the form of copyrights,  are important
to the success and  competitive  position  of many of our  operating  companies.
Although our operating companies seek to protect their proprietary rights, their
actions  may be  inadequate  to protect  any  trademarks,  copyrights  and other
proprietary rights. In addition,  effective  copyright and trademark  protection
may be unenforceable or limited in certain  countries,  and the global nature of
the Internet makes it impossible for some of our operating  companies to control
the dissemination of their work and use of their services. Some of our operating
companies  also license  content from third parties and it is possible that they
could become  subject to  infringement  actions based upon the content  licensed
from  those  third   parties.   Our   operating   companies   generally   obtain
representations  as to the  origin  and  ownership  of  such  licensed  content;
however,  this may not  adequately  protect them.  Any of these claims,  with or
without merit,  could subject our operating  companies to costly  litigation and
the diversion of their  technical  and  management  personnel.  If our operating
companies  incur  costly  litigation  and their  personnel  are not  effectively
deployed,  the  expenses and losses  incurred by our  operating  companies  will
increase and their profits, if any, will decrease.


SOURCE OF SUPPLY FOR GREATTOOLS.COM.

     Since 1999, Greattools.com has been operating pursuant to an oral agreement
with Global Sourcing Group ("GSG"),  a power tool wholesaler located in Thousand
Oaks, California, which supplies 100% of the products sold by the Company in its
Web site. While the Company  anticipates  that it will continue  operating under
the oral  agreement,  it intends to enter into a written  exclusive  fulfillment
agreement  with GSG as soon as it's  practicable.  The Company  intends to enter
into this  fulfillment  arrangement to assure it could continue to source all of
its products.

                                       33
<PAGE>

     Gateway  Holdings,  Inc.  the private  equity fund  managed by our Chairman
Frederick  T.  Manlunas  beneficially  owns  and  controls  14.6%  of the  total
outstanding  shares of Global  Sourcing  Group.  The  Company  is reliant on Mr.
Manlunas' relationship with GSG for its Greattools.com's fulfillment needs.


SOURCE OF SUPPLY FOR HOLLAND-AMERICAN.COM.

     Since September 1999,  Holland-American.com  has been operating pursuant to
an oral agreement with Holland American  International  Specialties  ("HAIS"), a
specialty foods wholesaler and retailer located in Bellflower, California, which
supplies  100% of the  products  sold by the Company in its Web site.  While the
Company anticipates that it will continue operating under the oral agreement, it
intends to enter into a written  exclusive  fulfillment  agreement  with HAIS as
soon as it's practicable.  We intend to enter into this fulfillment  arrangement
to assure it could continue to source all of its products.

     IFCO Group, LLC ("IFCO"),  whose members consist of certain shareholders of
the Company,  including  Frederick T.  Manlunas,  owns HAIS. Our Chairman of the
Board,  Mr.  Manlunas,  beneficially  owns  and  controls  32.75%  of the  total
outstanding  membership interest of IFCO Group, LLC. However, the Company is not
reliant on Mr. Manlunas'  relationship with HAIS for its  Holland-American.com's
fulfillment needs.


OUR OPERATING COMPANIES THAT PUBLISH OR DISTRIBUTE CONTENT OVER THE INTERNET MAY
BE SUBJECT TO LEGAL LIABILITY.

     Some of our operating  companies may be subject to legal claims relating to
the content on their Web sites,  or the  downloading  and  distribution  of this
content.  Claims could involve  matters such as defamation,  invasion of privacy
and  copyright  infringement.  Providers of Internet  products and services have
been sued in the past, sometimes successfully, based on the content of material.
In addition,  some of the content  provided by our operating  companies on their
Web sites is drawn from data compiled by other parties,  including  governmental
and commercial sources, and our operating companies re-enter the data. This data
may  have  errors.  If any of our  operating  companies'  Web  site  content  is
improperly  used  or  if  any  of  our  operating   companies  supply  incorrect
information,  it could  result in  unexpected  liability.  Any of our  operating
companies that incur this type of unexpected liability may not have insurance to
cover the claim or its insurance  may not provide  sufficient  coverage.  If our
operating  companies incur  substantial  cost because of this type of unexpected
liability,  the expenses  incurred by our operating  companies will increase and
their profits, if any, will decrease.

OUR OPERATING COMPANIES' COMPUTER AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS MAY FAIL, WHICH MAY
DISCOURAGE CONTENT PROVIDERS FROM USING OUR OPERATING COMPANIES' SYSTEMS.

     All of our  operating  companies'  businesses  depend on the  efficient and
uninterrupted  operation of their computer and communications  hardware systems.
Any system  interruptions  that cause our operating  companies'  Web sites to be
unavailable  to Web  browsers  may reduce the  attractiveness  of our  operating
companies'  Web sites to third party content  providers.  If third party content
providers are unwilling to use our operating companies' Web sites, our business,
financial   condition  and  operating  results  could  be  adversely   affected.
Interruptions  could  result  from  natural  disasters  as well as  power  loss,
telecommunications failure and similar events.

                                       34
<PAGE>

OUR  OPERATING  COMPANIES'  BUSINESSES  MAY BE  DISRUPTED  IF THEY ARE UNABLE TO
UPGRADE THEIR SYSTEMS TO MEET INCREASED DEMAND.

     Capacity limits on some of our operating companies' technology, transaction
processing systems and network hardware and software may be difficult to project
and they may not be able to expand and upgrade their  systems to meet  increased
use.

     As traffic on our  operating  companies'  Web sites  continues to increase,
they must expand and upgrade their technology,  transaction  processing  systems
and network  hardware and  software.  Our  operating  companies may be unable to
accurately  project the rate of increase in use of their Web sites. In addition,
our operating  companies may not be able to expand and upgrade their systems and
network hardware and software capabilities to accommodate increased use of their
Web sites. If our operating companies are unable to appropriately  upgrade their
systems and network  hardware and software,  the operations and processes of our
operating companies may be disrupted.


OUR  OPERATING  COMPANIES  MAY NOT BE ABLE TO  ATTRACT A LOYAL  BASE OF USERS TO
THEIR WEB SITES.

     While content is important to all our operating  companies' Web sites,  our
18 market maker  operating  companies are  particularly  dependent on content to
attract  business.  Our  success  depends  upon the  ability of these  operating
companies to deliver compelling Internet content to their targeted users. If our
operating companies are unable to develop Internet content that attracts a loyal
user base, the revenues and  profitability  of our operating  companies could be
impaired.  Internet users can freely navigate and instantly switch among a large
number of Web sites. Many of these Web sites offer original  content.  Thus, our
operating companies may have difficulty  distinguishing the content on their Web
sites to attract a loyal base of users.


OUR OPERATING COMPANIES MAY BE UNABLE TO ACQUIRE OR MAINTAIN EASILY IDENTIFIABLE
WEB SITE  ADDRESSES OR PREVENT THIRD PARTIES FROM  ACQUIRING WEB SITE  ADDRESSES
SIMILAR TO THEIRS.

     Some of our operating companies hold various Web site addresses relating to
their brands. These operating companies may not be able to prevent third parties
from  acquiring Web site addresses  that are similar to their  addresses,  which
could  adversely  affect the use by businesses of our operating  companies'  Web
sites. In these  instances,  our operating  companies may not grow as we expect.
The acquisition and maintenance of Web site addresses  generally is regulated by
governmental agencies and their designees.  The regulation of Web site addresses
in the United States and in foreign countries is subject to change. As a result,
our operating companies may not be able to acquire or maintain relevant Web site
addresses  in all  countries  where  they  conduct  business.  Furthermore,  the
relationship  between  regulations  governing such addresses and laws protecting
trademarks is unclear.  Some of our operating  companies are dependent on barter
transactions that do not generate cash revenue.


                                       35
<PAGE>

     Our operating  companies  plans to enter into barter  transactions in which
they  provide   advertising  for  other  internet   companies  in  exchange  for
advertising  for the operating  company.  In a barter  transaction the operating
company will reflect the sales of the advertising received as an expense and the
value of the  advertising  provided,  in an equal amount,  as revenue.  However,
barter  transactions  also do not generate  cash  revenue,  which may  adversely
affect the cash flows of some of our operating companies. Limited cash flows may
adversely  affect a operating  company's  abilities to expand its operations and
satisfy its liabilities.


                    RISKS RELATING TO THE INTERNET INDUSTRY

CONCERNS  REGARDING  SECURITY  OF  TRANSACTIONS  AND  TRANSMITTING  CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION OVER THE INTERNET MAY HAVE AN ADVERSE IMPACT ON OUR BUSINESS.

     We believe that concern regarding the security of confidential  information
transmitted over the Internet prevents many potential customers from engaging in
online transactions. If our operating companies that depend on such transactions
do not add sufficient  security features to their future product  releases,  our
operating  companies'  products may not gain market  acceptance  or there may be
additional legal exposure to them.

     Despite the  measures  some of our  operating  companies  have  taken,  the
infrastructure  of each  of  them  is  potentially  vulnerable  to  physical  or
electronic  break-ins,  viruses or similar problems. If a person circumvents the
security measures imposed by any one of our operating companies, he or she could
misappropriate  proprietary  information or cause  interruption in operations of
the operating  company.  Security breaches that result in access to confidential
information  could damage the  reputation of any one of our operating  companies
and expose the operating  company affected to a risk of loss or liability.  Some
of our operating  companies may be required to make significant  investments and
efforts  to  protect  against  or remedy  security  breaches.  Additionally,  as
e-commerce  becomes more  widespread,  our operating  companies'  customers will
become more concerned about security.  If our operating  companies are unable to
adequately  address these  concerns,  they may be unable to sell their goods and
services.


RAPID  TECHNOLOGICAL  CHANGES MAY PREVENT OUR OPERATING COMPANIES FROM REMAINING
CURRENT WITH THEIR TECHNICAL  RESOURCES AND MAINTAINING  COMPETITIVE PRODUCT AND
SERVICE OFFERINGS.

     The markets in which our operating  companies  operate are characterized by
rapid technological  change,  frequent new product and service introductions and
evolving  industry  standards.  Significant  technological  changes could render
their existing Web site technology or other products and services obsolete.  The
e-commerce market's growth and intense competition  exacerbate these conditions.
If  our  operating  companies  are  unable  to  successfully  respond  to  these
developments or do not respond in a cost-effective way, our business,  financial
condition and operating  results will be adversely  affected.  To be successful,
our  operating  companies  must  adapt  to their  rapidly  changing  markets  by
continually  improving  the  responsiveness,  services  and  features  of  their
products and services and by developing  new features to meet the needs of their

                                       36
<PAGE>

customers. Our success will depend, in part, on our operating companies' ability
to  license  leading  technologies  useful in their  businesses,  enhance  their
existing  products and services and develop new  offerings and  technology  that
address the needs of their customers.  Our operating companies will also need to
respond  to  technological   advances  and  emerging  industry  standards  in  a
cost-effective and timely manner.


GOVERNMENT  REGULATIONS AND LEGAL  UNCERTAINTIES  MAY PLACE FINANCIAL BURDENS ON
OUR BUSINESS AND THE BUSINESSES OF OUR OPERATING COMPANIES

     As of  September  30,  1999,  there were few laws or  regulations  directed
specifically at e-commerce.  However,  because of the Internet's  popularity and
increasing  use,  new  laws  and  regulations  may be  adopted.  These  laws and
regulations  may cover  issues such as the  collection  and use of data from Web
site visitors and related privacy issues, pricing, content,  copyrights,  online
gambling,  distribution and quality of goods and services.  The enactment of any
additional  laws or  regulations  may  impede  the  growth of the  Internet  and
e-commerce,  which could  decrease the revenue of our  operating  companies  and
place  additional  financial  burdens on our business and the  businesses of our
operating companies.

     Laws  and  regulations   directly  applicable  to  e-commerce  or  Internet
communications  are becoming  more  prevalent.  For example,  Congress  recently
enacted laws  regarding  online  copyright  infringement  and the  protection of
information  collected online from children.  Although these laws may not have a
direct adverse effect on our business or those of our operating companies,  they
add to the legal and regulatory burden faced by e-commerce companies.


                       RISKS RELATING TO FUTURE OFFERINGS

SHARES  ELIGIBLE  FOR FUTURE SALE BY OUR CURRENT  SHAREHOLDERS  MAY DECREASE THE
PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

     If our shareholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock, including
shares  issued upon the exercise of  outstanding  options,  in the public market
following  future  offerings,  then the market  price of our common  stock could
fall.  Restrictions  under the securities  laws and certain  lock-up  agreements
limit the  number of shares of common  stock  available  for sale in the  public
market.


OUR COMMON STOCK PRICE IS LIKELY TO BE HIGHLY VOLATILE.

     The market  price for our common  stock is likely to be highly  volatile as
the stock market in general and the market for  Internet-related  stocks and the
stock. The trading prices of many technology and Internet-related company stocks
have reached  historical highs within the last year and have reflected  relative
valuations  substantially  above historical levels.  During the same period, the
stocks of these  companies have also been highly volatile and have recorded lows
well below such  historical  highs.  We cannot  assure you that our common stock
will trade at the same levels of other Internet  stocks or that Internet  stocks
in general will sustain their current market prices.

                                       37
<PAGE>

     The following factors will add to our common stock price's volatility:

     *    actual or anticipated  variations in our quarterly  operating  results
          and those of our operating companies;

     *    new sales  formats  or new  products  or  services  offered by us, our
          operating companies and their competitors;

     *    changes  in  our  financial  estimates  and  those  of  our  operating
          companies by securities analysts;

     *    conditions  or trends in the  Internet  industry  in  general  and the
          e-commerce industry in particular;

     *    announcements  by our  operating  companies and their  competitors  of
          technological innovations;

     *    announcements  by us or our operating  companies or our competitors of
          significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;

     *    changes in the market valuations of our operating  companies and other
          Internet companies;

     *    our capital commitments;

     *    additions or  departures of our key personnel and key personnel of our
          operating companies; and * sales of our common stock.

     Many of these  factors are beyond our control.  These  factors may decrease
the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.


ITEM 3.           DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.

     We lease our principal  executive  offices,  as well as our  administrative
offices,  which are located in a 1,084  square  feet office  facility in Encino,
California  at an annual  rent of  $24,715.20.  This  facility  also  houses our
customer service, administrative and corporate center functions. This lease will
expire in June 2001.

     We also lease 2,100  square feet of office  space in  Annapolis,  Maryland.
This facility houses Sitestar.net's, Greattools.com's and Holland-American.com's
executive offices, customer service, and administrative functions. This lease is
currently on a month-to-month bases with a rental fee of $33,072 per annum.

     Our annual rents are subject to  adjustments.  We  anticipate  that we will
require  additional  space for our ISP  operations as we expand,  and we believe
that we will  be  able to  obtain  suitable  space  as  needed  on  commercially
reasonable terms.




                                       38
<PAGE>

ITEM 4.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.


     The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30, 1999
regarding  the record and  beneficial  ownership of the Common Stock by: (i) any
individual or group (as that term is defined in the federal  securities laws) of
affiliated  individuals  or  entities  who is  known  by the  Company  to be the
beneficial  owner of more than five  percent  of the  outstanding  shares of our
Common Stock; (ii) each executive officer and Director of the Company; and (iii)
the executive officers and Directors of the Company as a group.

Name and Address of                   Number of Shares              Percent
 Beneficial Owner                    Beneficially Owned (1)        of Class (2)
- ------------------                   ----------------------        ------------

Frederick T. Manlunas                     3,039,255                  16.34%
16133 Ventura Blvd., Suite 635
Encino, CA  91436

Clinton J. Sallee                         1,926,170                  10.35%
16133 Ventura Blvd., Suite 635
Encino, CA  91436

Franklin Christopher                      1,466,400                   7.88%
326 First Street, Suite 26
Annapolis, MD  21403

Kevorak Zoryan                                   -0-                    *
16133 Ventura Blvd., Suite 635
Encino, CA  91436


All  directors  and  officers             6,431,825                  34.57%
as a  group  (4 persons)

* Less than 1%


- ----------------------------
(1)  We  believe  that all  persons  named in the  table  have sole  voting  and
     investment  power with respect to all shares of common  stock  beneficially
     owned by them. A person is deemed to be the beneficial  owner of securities
     which may be acquired  by such person  within 60 days from the date of this
     registration   statement   upon  the  exercise  of  options,   warrants  or
     convertible securities.  Each beneficial owner's percentage of ownership is
     determined by assuming all options, warrants or convertible securities that
     are held by such  person  (but not held by any other  person) and which are
     exercisable or convertible  within 60 days of this  registration  statement
     have been exercised or converted.

(2)  Percent of class is based on 18,600,036  shares of Common Stock outstanding
     as of September 30, 1999.

                                       39
<PAGE>

 ITEM 5.          DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS.

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with respect to the
directors and executive officers of Sitestar.


    Name                                Age(1)            Position
- ---------------                        ------          -------------------

Frederick T. Manlunas                    31            Chairman of the Board and
                                                       Managing Director

Clinton J. Sallee                        27            President and Chief
                                                       Executive Officer

Kevorak Zoryan                           26            Director

- ----------------------------
(1)  Ages are given as of September 30, 1999

FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS,  has been a Director of the Company since October of 1998
and has served as the  Company's  Chairman  of the Board  since  July 1999.  Mr.
Manlunas  manages  Gateway  Holdings,  Inc., a private  equity fund based in Los
Angeles since 1995.  Prior to founding  Gateway,  Mr.  Manlunas was an Associate
with Arthur Andersen LLP's Retail  Management  Consulting  division from 1991 to
1995.  Mr.  Manlunas  also serves as Director for  MenuDirect,  Inc., a Delaware
corporation,  and Xcel Medical Pharmacy, a California corporation.  Mr. Manlunas
received a Bachelor of Science degree in Journalism  from Florida  International
University  and he earned a  Masters  of  Business  Administration  degree  from
Pepperdine University.

CLINTON J. SALLEE has been a Director  of the Company  since May of 1999 and has
served as the Compay's President and Chief Executive Officer since July 1999. In
1996, Mr. Sallee founded Sallee Zoryan,  a concept  development  firm,  where he
served as President since inception. Prior to founding Sallee Zoryan, Mr. Sallee
was an  Associate  with  W.E.  Myers &  Company,  a  boutique  investment  bank,
specializing in industry consolidations. Mr. Sallee earned a Bachelor of Science
degree in Business  Administration  from the Marshall  School of Business at the
University of Southern California in 1994.

KEVORK A.  ZORYAN has been a Director of the  Company  since July of 1999.  From
March 1997 to July 1999, Mr. Zoryan served on the acquisition team of the Morgan
Stanley  Real Estate Fund, a leading  international  private  equity real estate
investment fund. From March 1995 to May 1996, Mr. Zoryan served as an analyst of
the JE Robert Companies, and from June 1993 to February 1995, as a staff analyst
with Ernst & Young. Mr. Zoryan co-founded  Sallee Zoryan, a concept  development
firm in 1996,  and  currently  serves as its Partner.  Mr. Zoryan earned a BS in
Business  Administration  from the Marshall School of Business at the University
of Southern California in 1994. He currently attends the Harvard Business School
as a member of the MBA Class of 2001.

     The Company is currently  actively searching for a Chief Financial Officer.
Management  has  interviewed  several  candidates  and expects to  finalize  its
selection before the end of the current quarter.

                                       40
<PAGE>


ITEM 6.           EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     The following table summarizes the compensation by the Company to Frederick
T. Manlunas,  its former  President and CEO for the last three fiscal years.  No
officer of the Company  received  compensation in excess of $100,000 during such
years.

<TABLE>

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<CAPTION>

                                Annual Compensation                            Long Term Compensation
                      ----------------------------------------------     ------------------------------------------------
                                                             Other       Restricted
                                                             Annual         Stock      Options     LTIP        All Other
Position              Year      Salary ($)    Bonuses($)   Compensation     Awards       SARs    Payouts ($)  Compensation
- --------              ----      ----------    ----------   ------------  ----------    -------   -----------  ------------

<S>                   <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>       <C>          <C>

Frederick T.          1998       96,000          --            --              --         --         --             --
Manlunas              1999      120,000          --            --              --         --         --             --
Chairman of the
Board


Clinton J.            1999      120,000          --            --              --         --         --             --
Sallee
President & Chief
Executive Officer
</TABLE>


     The Company currently has no long-term  compensation,  annuity,  pension or
retirement plans.


ITEM 7.           CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     Effective as of September 30, 1999 we sold the non-Internet  assets of HAIS
to IFCO Group,  LLC ("IFCO"),  whose members consist of certain  shareholders of
the Company,  including  Frederick T.  Manlunas,  our Chairman of the Board.  We
retained the assets  consisting  of the Internet web site  Holland-American.com.
HAIS will  continue  to serve as  Holland-American.com's  exclusive  fulfillment
center.  The purchase  consideration  for HAIS was $900,000 and was based upon a
business  appraisal by an independent  third party appraiser.  The consideration
included  $200,000  which was  applied as a discount  for  services  rendered by
members  of IFCO  in  connection  to the  acquisition  of  Sitestar,  Inc.,  the
assumption  of $654,000 of  liabilities  and a promissory  note in the amount of
$46,000.  The note bears  interest at a rate of 8% per annum,  and is payable in
annual  installments  of $15,333,  and is due and payable on September 30, 2002.
The note is secured by HAIS' accounts receivable and inventory.

                                       41
<PAGE>
     On September  30, 1999,  we sold our 9% equity  interest in SMF to IFCO for
$200,000.  The  consideration  was paid in the form of assumption of $160,000 of
debt related to the  investment  and the balance of $40,000 paid by a promissory
note  payable  in three  annual  installments  of $13,334  each.  The note bears
interest at a rate of 8% per annum. The purchase  consideration was equal to our
original investment in January 1999.

     In January  1999,  Mr.  Manlunas,  a majority  stockholder  of the Company,
loaned  $80,300  to the  Company  for use as  working  capital  based on an oral
agreement.  The amounts owed to Mr. Manlunas are not accruing interest,  and are
due and payable  upon demand.  To date,  the Company has made no payments to Mr.
Manlunas in satisfaction of this obligation.


ITEM 8.           DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES.

Common Stock
- ------------

     We are  authorized to issue  75,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value
$0.001 per  share.  Holders of common  stock are  entitled  to one vote for each
share  held of record on all  matters on which the  holders of common  stock are
entitled to vote. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions  applicable
to the common stock. The outstanding  shares of common stock are, and the common
stock  issuable  pursuant to this  registration  statement will be, when issued,
fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock
- ---------------

     We are  authorized to issue  10,000,000  shares of "blank check"  preferred
stock,  par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series from time to time with
such designations, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time
by the Board of Directors,  including, but not limited to (i) the designation of
such series;  (ii) the dividend rate of such series,  the  conditions  and dates
upon which such  dividends  shall be payable,  the relation which such dividends
shall bear to the  dividends  payable on any other class or classes or series of
our  capital   stock  and  whether  such   dividends   shall  be  cumulative  or
non-cumulative;  (iii)  whether  the shares of such  series  shall be subject to
redemption  for cash,  property  or rights,  including  securities  of any other
corporation, by Sitestar or upon the happening of a specified event and, if made
subject to any such redemption,  the times or events, prices, rates, adjustments
and other terms and conditions of such redemption;  (iv) the terms and amount of
any sinking fund  provided for the purchase or  redemption of the shares of such
series (v) whether or not the shares of such series shall be  convertible  into,
or exchangeable  for, at the option of either the holder or Sitestar or upon the
happening of a specified  event,  shares of any other class or classes or of any
other series of the same class of Sitestar's  capital stock and, if provision be
made for the  conversion  or  exchange,  the  times or  events,  prices,  rates,
adjustments  and other terms and  conditions of such  conversions  or exchanges;
(vi) the  restrictions,  if any,  on the  issue  or  reissue  of any  additional
preferred  stock;  (vii) the rights of the  holders of the shares of such series
upon the  voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of
Sitestar; and (viii) the provisions as to voting,  optional and/or other special
rights and preferences,  if any,  including,  without  limitation,  the right to
elect one or more directors.  Accordingly,  the Board of Directors is empowered,
without   stockholder   approval,   to  issue  preferred  stock  with  dividend,
liquidation,  conversion,  voting or other  rights  which  adversely  affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. In the event of
issuance, the preferred stock could be utilized, under certain circumstances, as
a way of  discouraging,  delaying  or  preventing  an  acquisition  or change in
control of Sitestar.
                                       42
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

ITEM 1.          MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
                            AND OTHER SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.


     Our Common Stock is traded  over-the-counter and is currently quoted on the
OTC Bulletin Board (symbol "SYTE"). On July 14, 1999 we effected a 3-for-1 stock
split. All prices listed below reflect this split. The closing bid price for the
Common Stock was $.53 on October 19, 1999.

     Set forth  below are the high and low  closing  bid  prices  for the Common
Stock of the company for each quarterly period commencing September 30, 1998:

  Period                                         Low           High
  ------                                         ---           ----

  1998
  ----
  Quarter ended December 31, 1998               1.00           1.03


  1999
  ----
  Quarter ended March 31, 1999                  1.00           1.03
  Quarter ended June 30, 1999                   1.00           1.03
  Quarter ended September 30, 1999              .875           3.75
  Quarter through October 19, 1999               .45           .875


     Such  quotations  reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without  retail  mark-up,
mark-down or commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

     As of September 30, 1999 the Company had 93 shareholders of record.


ITEM 2.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     The Company is not involved in any material pending legal proceedings.


ITEM 3.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS.

     Not Applicable.


ITEM 4.           RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

(a)  Securities Sold

     In  October  1998,  in  connection   with  the  acquisition  of  Interfoods
Consolidated,  Inc.,  we  issued  5,580,000  shares of our  Common  Stock to the
shareholders of Interfoods  Consolidated,  Inc. The issuance of these shares was
exempt  from  the  registration  an  prospectus  delivery  requirements  of  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     In July 1999,  in connection  with the  acquisition  of Sitestar,  Inc., we
issued  3,491,428  shares of our Common Stock to the  shareholders  of Sitestar,
Inc. The issuance of these shares was exempt from the registration an prospectus
delivery  requirements  of the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  pursuant to
Section 4(2) thereof.

     In August 1999, in connection  with the acquisition of  Greattools.com,  we
issued 49,000 shares of our Common Stock to the  shareholders of Sitestar,  Inc.
The  issuance of these  shares was exempt from the  registration  an  prospectus
delivery  requirements  of the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  pursuant to
Section 4(2) thereof.

     In May 1999,  we issued  and sold an  aggregate  of  140,000  shares of our
Common Stock for $140,000. The issuance and sale of these shares was exempt from
the registration and prospectus  delivery  requirements of the Securities Act of
1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.


ITEM 5.           INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

     Except for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or
known  violation  of law or for the payment of  dividends in violation of Nevada
Revised Statutes,  there shall be no personal liability of a director or officer
to the Company,  or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as
a director  or  officer.  The  Company  may  indemnify  any person for  expenses
incurred,  including attorneys fees, in connection with their good faith acts if
they  reasonably  believe such acts are in and not opposed to the best interests
of the Company and for acts for which the person had no reason to believe his or
her conduct was  unlawful.  The Company may indemnify the officers and directors
for  expenses  incurred  in  defending  a  civil  or  criminal  action,  suit or
proceeding  as they are  incurred  in  advance of the final  disposition  of the
action,  suit or  proceeding,  upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of
the director or officer to repay the amount of such expenses if it is ultimately
determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  in which the action or suit is
brought  determined  that such  person  is fairly  and  reasonably  entitled  to
indemnification for such expenses which the court deems proper.

     Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities  arising under the 1933 Act may
be permitted to officers,  directors or persons controlling the Company pursuant
to the  foregoing,  the  Company  has been  informed  that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and is  therefore
unenforceable.


                                       44
<PAGE>
                                    PART F/S
Financial Statements
- --------------------
     The following financial statements are attached to this report and filed as
a part thereof.

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

Report of Independent Public Accountants..................................F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the
  Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 (Unaudited) and 1998 (Unaudited).........F-3

Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1998,
 Seven Months Ended December 31, 1997 and for the Six Months
 Ended June 30, 1999 (Unaudited) and 1998 (Unaudited).....................F-4

Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended
 December 31, 1998 and 1998 and for the Six Months Ended
 June 30, 1999 (Unaudited)................................................F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1998,
 Seven Months Ended December 31, 1997 and the Six Months
 Ended June 30, 1999 (Unaudited) and 1998 (Unaudited).....................F-6

Notes to Financial Statements.............................................F-8


SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY

Report of Independent Public Accountants..................................F-20

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997..............F-21

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended
 December 31, 1998 and 1997...............................................F-22

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years
 Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997.........................................F-23

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31, 1998 and 1997................................................F-24

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................................F-26

INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC
PROFORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION ...........................................F-33

Proforma Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1999................................F-34

Proforma Statement of Operations for Six Months
 Ended June 30, 1999......................................................F-35

Proforma Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1998.....F-36

Notes to Proforma Financial Statements....................................F-37

                                      45/F-1
<PAGE>







                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Interfoods Consolidated, Inc.
as of December  31, 1998 and 1997,  and the related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders' equity (deficiency) and cash flows for the year ended December 31,
1998 and the initial period June 1, 1997 to December 31, 1997.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Interfoods  Consolidated,  Inc.
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the year ended  December 31, 1998 and the initial  period June 1, 1997
to  December  31,  1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted   accounting
principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As shown in the financial  statements,
the Company has had net losses and cash flow  deficiencies from operations since
inception  and the  Company  is in  default  on its line of credit and has notes
payable in default.  These factors,  among others, as discussed in Note 1 to the
financial  statements,  raise  substantial  doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern.  Management's  plans in regard to these matters are
also  described  in  Note  1.  The  financial  statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.




                                    MERDINGER, FRUCHTER, ROSEN & CORSO, P.C.
                                    Certified Public Accountants


Los Angeles, California
October 12, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<CAPTION>
                                                               December 31,                    June 30,
                                                          1998            1997            1999            1998
                                                      -----------      ----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                                      (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>
     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
   Cash and Cash Equivalents                          $          -     $   59,306     $        -      $    10,611
   Accounts Receivable, Less Allowance for
    Doubtful Accounts of $16,378, $10,000,
    $16,378 and $10,000, respectively                      196,206        356,818          89,210         111,590
   Inventories                                             542,081        661,630         469,004         566,092
   Note Receivable - Stockholder                            71,657              -          75,310          69,016
   Other Current Assets                                     20,381         45,900          42,966          70,664
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------
     Total Current Assets                                  830,325      1,123,654         676,490         827,973

EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE, Net                                18,643          2,880          56,020           2,880
INVESTMENT                                                 125,000              -         200,000               -
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------

     TOTAL ASSETS                                      $   973,968     $1,126,534     $   932,510     $   830,853
                                                       ===========     ==========     ===========     ===========

     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
       (DEFICENCY)
CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Book Overdraft                                      $    29,546              -     $    37,956     $         -
   Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses                   372,725        692,803         156,198         192,199
   Line of Credit                                          200,000              -         200,000         176,865
   Advance from Stockholders                               102,960              -         246,702               -
   Notes Payable                                           119,500              -         305,839          19,081
   Capital Lease Obligations - Current Portion                   -              -           4,155               -
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------
     Total Current Liabilities                             824,731        692,803         950,850         388,145

CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, Less Current Portion                  -              -          30,262               -
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------

     TOTAL LIABILITIES                                     824,731        692,803         981,112         388,145
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)                          -               -               -               -

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICENCY)
   Common Stock, $.001 par value, 25,000,000 shares
    authorized, 6,200,012 and 5,580,000 shares
    issued and outstanding, respectively                     6,200          5,580           6,200           5,580
   Additional Paid-in Capital                              621,600        622,220         621,600         622,220
   Accumulated Deficit                                  (  478,563)    (  194,069)     (  676,402)    (   185,092)
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------
     Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency)               149,237        433,731      (   48,602)        442,708
                                                       -----------     ----------     -----------     -----------
     TOTAL LIABILITIES AND
      STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICENCY)                 $   973,968    $ 1,126,534      $  932,510   $     830,853
                                                       ===========    ===========      ==========   =============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       F-3

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<CAPTION>

                                                            Seven
                                         Year Ended      Months Ended          Six Months Ended
                                        December 31,     December 31,              June 30,
                                            1998             1997            1999            1998
                                       ------------      ------------    ------------   ------------
                                                                          (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)

<S>                                     <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>
SALES                                   $ 2,175,867      $ 1,553,926    $    870,249    $    882,471

COST OF GOODS SOLD                        1,614,924        1,177,877         654,011         616,688
                                        ------------      ------------    ------------   -----------

GROSS PROFIT                                560,943          376,049         216,238         265,783

SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES                    827,040          570,118         380,623         256,806
                                       ------------      ------------    ------------   ------------

(LOSS) INCOME FROM OPERATIONS            (  266,097)      (  194,069)     (  164,385)          8,977

INTEREST EXPENSE                             18,397                -          33,454               -
                                       ------------      ------------    ------------   ------------

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES       (   284,494)      (  194,069)     (  197,839)          8,977

INCOME TAXES                                      -                -               -               -
                                       ------------      ------------    ------------   ------------

NET (LOSS) INCOME                      $(   284,494)     $(  194,069)    $(  197,839)   $      8,977
                                       ============      ===========     ============   ============

BASIC LOSS PER SHARE                   $(      0.04)     $(     0.03)    $(     0.03)   $       0.00
                                       ============      ===========     ============   ============

DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE                 $(      0.04)     $(     0.03)    $(     0.03)   $       0.00
                                       ============      ===========     ============   ============

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES
  OUTSTANDING                             5,693,810        5,580,000       6,200,012       5,580,000
                                       ============      ===========     ============   ============
</TABLE>





The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       F-4


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                 STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)



<CAPTION>
                                                                            Additional
                                                    Common Stock              Paid-in        Accumulated
                                               Shares         Amount          Capital          Deficit          Total
                                              ---------     ----------     ------------     ------------    ------------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at June 1, 1997                               -     $        -      $         -     $          -    $          -

Issuance of Shares for Cash                   5,580,000          5,580          622,220                -         627,800

Net Loss                                              -              -                -       (  194,069)     (  194,069)
                                              ---------     ----------      -----------      -----------     -----------

Balance at December 31, 1997                  5,580,000          5,580          622,220       (  194,069)        433,731

Issuance of Shares in Merger with
 White Dove Systems, Inc.                       620,012            620       (      620)               -               -

Net Loss                                              -              -                -      (   284,494)     (  284,494)
                                              ---------     ----------      -----------      -----------      ----------

Balance at December 31, 1998                  6,200,012          6,200          621,600      (   478,563)        149,237

Net Loss (unaudited)                                                                  -      (   197,839)    (   197,839)
                                              ---------     ----------      -----------      -----------     -----------

Balance at June 30, 1999 (unaudited)          6,200,012     $    6,200      $   621,600     $(   676,402)   $(    48,602)
                                              =========     ==========      ===========     ============    ============
</TABLE>















The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       F-5



<PAGE>

<TABLE>
                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<CAPTION>
                                                                          Seven
                                                     Year Ended       Months Ended        Six Months Ended
                                                    December 31,      December 31,             June 30,
                                                       1998               1997           1999           1998
                                                    ------------      ------------   ------------    -----------
                                                                                      (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>               <C>            <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net Income (Loss)                                $(  284,494)      $(  194,069)   $(   197,839)   $     8,977
   Adjustments to Reconcile Net (Loss) Income
    to Net Cash Used In Operating Activities:
     Allowance for Doubtful Accounts                      6,378            10,000               -          6,378
     Depreciation and Amortization Expense                1,678                 -           2,163              -
     (Increase) Decrease in:
       Accounts Receivable                              154,234        (  366,818)        106,996        238,850
       Inventories                                       87,805        (  661,630)         69,424         26,522
       Other Current Assets                          (   14,394)       (   45,900)    (    22,585)   (    24,764)
     Increase (Decrease) in:
       Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses         (  320,078)          692,803      (  216,527)   (   500,604)
       Advances from Stockholders                        63,000                -           18,000               -
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------     -----------
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities                (  305,871)       (  565,614)     (  240,368)   (   244,641)
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------    -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of Equipment and Furniture               (   17,441)       (    2,880)    (     1,200)             -
   Investment                                        (  125,000)                -     (    75,000)             -
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------    -----------
Net Cash Used In Investing Activities                (  142,441)       (    2,880)    (    76,200)             -
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------    -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Increase in Book Overdraft                            29,546                 -           8,410              -
   Advance from Stockholder, Net                         39,960                 -         125,742              -
   Proceeds from Line of Credit                         200,000                 -               -        176,865
   Proceeds from Notes Payable                          169,500                 -         416,309         19,081
   Repayment of Notes Payable                        (   50,000)                -     (   229,970)             -
   Repayment of Capital Lease Obligations                     -                 -     (     3,923)             -
   Issuance of Common Stock                                   -           627,800               -              -
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------    -----------
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities               389,006           627,800         316,568        195,946
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------    -----------

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE  IN CASH
   AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                              (   59,306)           59,306               -    (    48,695)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -
   BEGINNING OF PERIOD                                   59,306                 -               -         59,306
                                                   ------------      ------------    ------------    -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -
   END OF PERIOD                                   $          -       $    59,306     $         -     $   10,611
                                                   ============       ===========     ===========     ==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       F-6
PAGE>

                        INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                             STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997




SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

During the year ended  December 31, 1998 and the seven months ended December 31,
1997, the Company paid no income taxes and interest of approximately $15,000 and
$0, respectively.

During the six months  ended June 30, 1999 and 1998,  the company paid no income
taxes and interest of  approximately  $16,750  (unaudited)  and $0  (unaudited),
respectively.


SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTIONS

In 1998, the Company sold its gift basket business,  Wrap-It Up, for $71,657.  A
note receivable was received for the total sales price.

During the six months  ended  June 30,  1999,  the  Company  acquired  equipment
totaling $38,340 (unaudited) with capital lease obligations.



























The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       F-7


<PAGE>
                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 - THE ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          Organization and Line of Business
          ---------------------------------
          Interfoods  Consolidated,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  formerly  known as
          Holland American International  Specialties ("HAIS"), began operations
          on June 1, 1997, under a partnership  agreement,  and was incorporated
          in California on November 4, 1997. The Company is in the international
          specialty foods  distribution  business.  The Company's  customers are
          specialty and ethnic  grocery  stores,  gift shops and hotels  located
          primarily in California.  The Company's corporate office is located in
          Encino,  California and has a warehouse and retail facility located in
          Bellflower, California.

          Mergers
          -------
          The Company is the successor by merger, which was effective on October
          25, 19998, to White Dove Systems, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("WDVE").
          The exchange rate in the reincorporating  merger was one and one fifth
          shares of WDVE's  common stock for one share of the  Company's  common
          stock. Due to WDVE's lack of business activity prior to the merger, no
          excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired was recorded.

          On March 20, 1998, HAIS completed a stock purchase  agreement with DHS
          Industries,  Inc. ("DHS") whereby DHS issued  31,942,950 shares of its
          common stock in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding  common
          stock of HAIS.  The  acquisition  was  accounted  for as a pooling  of
          interest.  However,  on September 30, 1998 the agreement was rescinded
          and the  stockholders  of HAIS  returned  the  shares of DHS for their
          shares of HAIS.

          Basis of Presentation
          ---------------------
          The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance
          with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  which  contemplate
          continuation  of the  Company  as a going  concern.  As  shown  in the
          financial  statements,  the  Company  has had net losses and cash flow
          deficiencies  from  operations  since  inception and the Company is in
          default on its line of credit and has notes payable in default.  These
          issues raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue
          as a going concern.

          In  view  of  the  matters  described  in  the  preceding   paragraph,
          recoverability  of a major portion of the recorded asset amounts shown
          in  the  accompanying   balance  sheet  is  dependent  upon  continued
          operations  of the  Company,  which  in turn  is  dependent  upon  the
          Company's ability to generate positive cash flows from operations. The
          financial  statements do not include any adjustments,  relating to the
          recoverability  and  classification  of  recorded  asset  amounts  and
          classifications  of  liabilities  that might be  necessary  should the
          Company be unable to continue its existence.  Management plans to take
          the following steps that it believes will be sufficient to provide the
          Company with the ability to continue in existence:
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 -  THE ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          o    Management  plans to  overhaul  the  personnel  structure  of the
               Company. It intends to increase income from operations by cutting
               back on its work force.

          o    Management  plans to join other specialty  foods  distributors in
               forming a buying  cooperative to maximize  economies of scale and
               cut costs.

          o    Management  intends to raise $500,000  through sale of its common
               stock and use the proceeds to pay-off existing debt.

          Interim Financial Information
          -----------------------------
          The unaudited  financial  information  furnished  herein  reflects all
          adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which in
          the opinion of management, are necessary to fairly state the Company's
          financial  position,  the results of operations and cash flows for the
          periods presented.  The results of operations for the six months ended
          June 30, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire
          year ending December 31, 1999.

          Use of Estimates
          ----------------
          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
          liabilities  and  disclosures of contingent  assets and liabilities at
          the date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
          revenue and expenses  during the  reporting  periods.  Actual  results
          could differ from those estimates.

          Fair Value of Financial Instruments
          -----------------------------------
          For certain of the Company's  financial  instruments  including  cash,
          accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and advance
          from stockholders,  the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to
          their short maturities. The amounts shown for line of credit and notes
          payable also approximate fair value because current interest rates and
          terms  offered to the Company for similar debt are  substantially  the
          same.

          Cash and Cash Equivalents
          -------------------------
          For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company defines cash
          equivalents  as all highly liquid debt  instruments  purchased  with a
          maturity of three months or less, plus all certificates of deposit.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 1 -  THE ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

          Concentration of Credit Risk
          ----------------------------
          Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject  the  Company  to
          concentrations   of  credit   risk,   consist  of  cash  and  accounts
          receivables.  The Company places its cash with high quality  financial
          institutions  and at times  may  exceed  the FDIC  $100,000  insurance
          limit.  The Company sells its products and services  predominantly  in
          California and extends credit based on an evaluation of the customer's
          financial condition, generally without collateral.  Exposure to losses
          on receivables is principally  dependent on each customer's  financial
          condition.  The Company  monitors its  exposure for credit  losses and
          maintains allowances for anticipated losses, if required.

          Inventories
          -----------
          Inventories  consist of certain  types of specialty  foods,  which are
          held  specifically for resale.  Inventories are stated at the lower of
          cost or market, with cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis.

          Equipment and Furniture
          -----------------------
          Equipment and furniture are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed
          using the straight-line  method based on estimated useful lives from 5
          to 7 years.

          Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
          -------------------------------
          In accordance  with  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")
          Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standard   ("SFAS")  No.  121,
          "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
          Assets  to be  Disposed  of",  long-lived  assets  are  evaluated  for
          impairment  whenever events or changes in circumstances  indicate that
          the carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. Impairment
          losses  would be  recognized  if the  carrying  amounts  of the assets
          exceed the fair value of the assets.

          Revenue Recognition
          -------------------
          Product sales are recognized upon delivery of product to the customer.
          Sales are adjusted for any future returns or allowances.

                                      F-10

<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 1 -  THE ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

          Income Taxes
          ------------
          The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109,
          "Accounting  for  Income  Taxes".  Deferred  taxes are  provided  on a
          liability  method  whereby  deferred  tax  assets are  recognized  for
          deductible  temporary  differences,  and deferred tax  liabilities are
          recognized for taxable temporary  differences.  Temporary  differences
          are the  differences  between  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and
          liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a
          valuation  allowance  when, in the opinion of  management,  it is more
          likely than not that some  portion or all of the  deferred  tax assets
          will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted
          for the  effects  of  changes  in tax  laws  and  rates on the date of
          enactment.

          Net Loss Per Share
          ------------------
          In accordance with SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share", the basic loss
          per common share is computed by dividing net loss  available to common
          stockholders   by  the  weighted   average  number  of  common  shares
          outstanding.  Diluted  loss per common  share is  computed  similar to
          basic loss per common share except that the  denominator  is increased
          to include the number of additional common shares that would have been
          outstanding if the potential  common shares had been issued and if the
          additional common shares were dilutive.

          Comprehensive Income
          --------------------
          SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income",  establishes standards
          for  the  reporting  and  display  of  comprehensive  income  and  its
          components  in the financial  statements.  As of December 31, 1998 and
          1997,  the Company  has no items that  represent  other  comprehensive
          income and,  therefore,  has not included a schedule of  comprehensive
          income in the financial statements.

          Impact of Year 2000 Issue
          -------------------------
          During the year ended  December  31,  1998,  the Company  conducted an
          assessment of issues related to the Year 2000 and  determined  that no
          issues existed which would cause its computer  systems not to properly
          utilize  dates beyond  December 31,  1999.  At this time,  the Company
          cannot fully  determine  the impact that Year 2000 issues will have on
          its customers or suppliers.  If the Company's  customers and suppliers
          don't convert their systems to become Year 2000 compliant, the Company
          may be adversely impacted.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 2 -  EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE

          The cost of equipment and furniture consisted of the following as of:

                                          December 31,             June 30,
                                     --------------------  ---------------------
                                       1998       1997       1999         1998
                                     --------   --------   ---------    --------
                                                         (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
          Computers                  $ 1,300   $      -   $  36,998    $       -
          Furniture and Fixtures      19,021      2,880      22,863        2,880
                                     -------   ---------  ---------    ---------
                                      20,321      2,880      59,861        2,880
          Less: Accumulated
           Depreciation                1,678          -       3,841            -
                                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------
                                    $ 18,643   $  2,880   $  56,020    $   2,880
                                    ========   ========   =========    =========

          Depreciation expense was $1,678 and $0 for the year ended December 31,
          1998 and the seven months ended December 31, 1997,  respectively,  and
          $2,163  (unaudited)  and $0 (unaudited)  for the six months ended June
          30, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

NOTE 3 -  NOTE RECEIVABLE - STOCKHOLDER

          In 1997, the Company  purchased for $2,800 the trade name "Wrap-It Up"
          and operated  the  business  through  April 1998.  In April 1998,  the
          Company sold the business to a stockholder of the Company for $71,657,
          which was equal to the amount of the Company's  investment  (which was
          the cost of inventories  used in the  operations) at the time of sale.
          The sales price was consummated by the stockholder's  issuance, to the
          Company,  of a  promissory  note for the full  sales  price.  The note
          receivable  is due on  demand,  and  secured  by  common  stock of the
          Company, owned by the stockholder,  of an amount equal to the December
          31,  1998  market  value  to cover  the  face  value of the note as of
          December 31, 1998.

NOTE 4 -  INVESTMENT

          As of December  31, 1998,  the Company paid a $125,000  deposit on the
          acquisition of a 9% interest of Sierra Madre Foods,  Inc. (See Note 13
          - Subsequent Events "Acquisition.")

                                      F-12
<PAGE>


                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 5 -  LINE OF CREDIT

          As of December  31,  1998,  the Company had a $200,000  line of credit
          that expired on May 4, 1999. On the expiration date the line of credit
          was  extended to  September  4, 1999 and was not paid on the  extended
          expiration  date.  The line bears  interest  at United  National  Bank
          Lending Index ("UNBLI"),  plus 1% (UNBLI was 8.25%, 8.25% and 9.00% on
          June 30, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively).

          The Line of credit  is  secured  by  substantially  all  assets of the
          Company and is  guaranteed by the  Company's  general  manager and his
          spouse.  The Company's  ability to borrow under this line of credit is
          based upon a percentage of defined accounts  receivable and inventory.
          The outstanding line of credit was $200,000 as of December 31, 1998.

          The line of credit  agreement  contains a covenant  that  requires the
          Company to maintain  stockholders' equity of at least $200,000.  As of
          December 31, 1998 the Company was not in compliance with this covenant
          and  technically  is in default.  Also,  the line of credit was due in
          full on September 4, 1999.


NOTE 6 - ADVANCES FROM STOCKHOLDERS

          A  majority  stockholder  of the  Company  has  advanced  $80,300  for
          operating  funds.  The  advances are  non-interest  bearing and due on
          demand. Also, a minority stockholder of the Company has drawn advances
          from his  personal  credit card  accounts  for  operating  funds.  The
          balance due at December  31, 1998 was  $22,660.  The Company is making
          the minimum payments each month.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 7 -  NOTES PAYABLE

          Notes payable consist of the following as of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                December 31,                June 30,
                                           ----------------------     --------------------
                                             1998           1997        1999       1998
                                           --------      --------     --------  ----------
                                                                    (Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>

12% - Note payable with all accrued
 interest and principal due on
 December 15, 1999                        $ 50,000      $      -     $ 50,000    $     -

8% - Note payable with all accrued
 interest and principal due on demand       29,000             -       29,000          -

Non-interest bearing note payable
 due in March 1999                          25,000             -            -          -

19% - Note payable with all accrued
 interest and principal due on demand,
 note is secured by certain accounts
 receivable of the Company                  15,500             -       39,342          -

3% per month  notes  payable  with all
 accrued  interest  and principal due
 from November 22, 1999 through
 November 30, 1999                               -             -      144,052          -

15% - Note payable with monthly
 interest and principal payments of
 $1,662                                          -             -       18,445          -

12% - Note payable with all accrued
 interest and principal due on demand            -             -       25,000          -
                                          --------      --------     --------   --------
Total                                     $119,500      $      -     $305,839   $      -
                                          ========      ========     ========   =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-14


<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)
                              AND 1998 (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 8 -  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

          The Company  leases  certain  facilities  for its  corporate  offices,
          warehouse  and retail  store under  non-cancelable  operating  leases.
          Total rent expense for the year ended  December 31, 1998 and the seven
          months  ended  December 31, 1997 and for the six months ended June 30,
          1999  (unaudited) and 1998 (unaudited) was $50,000,  $21,000,  $30,680
          (unaudited) and $12,000 (unaudited), respectively.

          During the six months  ended June 30, 1999,  the Company  entered into
          non-cancelable capital lease agreements for the purchase of equipment.
          The obligations are secured by the equipment purchased.


          Future  minimum  lease  payments  under  non-cancelable   capital  and
          operating  leases with initial or remaining  terms of one year or more
          are as follows:

                                               Capital
                                                Leases                Operating
                                              (Unaudited)              Leases
                                              -----------           -----------
          Year ending December 31,
          1999                                 $   6,968            $    61,000
          2000                                    13,967                 63,000
          2001                                    13,967                 52,000
          2002                                     6,055                 20,000
          2003                                     4,479                      -
          Thereafter                                 747                      -
                                               ---------            -----------
          Net Minimum Lease Payments              46,123            $   196,000
                                                                    ===========
          Less: Amounts Representing Interest     11,705
                                               ---------
          Present Value of Net Minimum
            Lease Payments                        34,418
          Less: Current Portion                    4,156
                                               ---------
          Long-Term Portion                    $  30,262


          Litigation
          ----------
          The Company is involved in certain legal  proceedings  and claims that
          arise in the normal  course of business.  Management  does not believe
          that the outcome of these matters will have a material  adverse effect
          on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 9 -  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

          Classes of Shares
          -----------------
          The Company's Articles of Incorporation  authorize the issues of up to
          35,000,000 shares, consisting of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
          which  have a par value of $.001 per  share and  25,000,000  shares of
          common stock, which have a par value of $.001.

          Preferred Stock
          ---------------
          Preferred  Stock,  any  series,  shall have the  powers,  preferences,
          rights,  qualifications,  limitations and restrictions as fixed by the
          Company's Board of Directors in its sole  discretions.  As of December
          31, 1998,  the  Company's  Board of Directors  had not  authorized  or
          issued any Preferred Stock.

          Common Stock Splits
          -------------------
          On May 1, 1998, the Company's  Board of Directors  declared a 100 to 1
          common stock split.  Also, on October 26, 1998, the Company's Board of
          Directors declared a 3 to 1 reverse common stock split. All applicable
          share and per share data  presented  have been  adjusted for the stock
          splits.

          Common Stock
          -----------
          During 1997, the Company issued  5,580,000  shares of its common stock
          for proceeds of $627,800.

          During 1998, the Company issued 620,012 shares of its common stock for
          the acquisition of White Dove Systems, Inc. (See Note 1).


NOTE 10 - COST OF GOODS SOLD

          The Company has a key employee who is the  principal  contact with the
          suppliers  for  the  inventory  purchased  for the  Company's  Holland
          related products. If the employee was terminated,  for any reason, the
          Company  could  potentially  lose access to  approximately  30% of its
          product  mix,  and would be forced to purchase  these items from other
          suppliers  at a cost  approximately  10% - 15% higher than the current
          cost,  which would have a significant  impact on the  Company's  gross
          profit.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>


                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES

          The  reconciliation  of the  effective  income tax rate to the federal
          statutory rate is as follows:

                                          December 31,             June 30,
                                        1998       1997         1999      1998
                                       -------  ---------      --------  -------
           Federal Income Tax Rate      34.00%      34.00%      34.00%    34.00%
           Effect of Valuation
             Allowance                 (34.00)     (34.00)     (34.00)   (34.00)
                                       -------    -------      -------   -------
           Effective Income Tax Rate     0.0%        0.0%        0.00%     0.00%
                                       =======    =======      =======   =======

          Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reflect  the  net  effect  of
          temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amount of  assets  and
          liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and amounts used for
          income tax purposes.  Significant components of the Company's deferred
          tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                                          December 31,             June 30,
                                      1998       1997         1999      1998
                                   ---------   --------    ---------   --------

         Deferred Tax Assets
         Loss Carry forwards       $ 163,000   $ 66,000    $ 203,000   $ 66,000

         Less: Valuation Allowance  (163,000)   (66,000)    (203,000)   (66,000)
                                   ---------   --------    ---------   --------
         Net Deferred Tax Assets   $       -   $      -    $       -   $      -
                                   =========   ========    =========   ========

          At December  31, 1998 and 1997,  the Company has  provided a valuation
          allowance  for the  deferred tax asset since  management  has not been
          able to determine  that the  realization  of that asset is more likely
          than not. The net change in the valuation allowance for the year ended
          December  31, 1998,  the seven months ended  December 31, 1997 and the
          six months  ended June 30,  1999  (unaudited)  increased  by  $97,000,
          $66,000 and $40,000  (unaudited),  respectively.  Net  operating  loss
          carry forwards expire in 2012 and 2013.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 12 - ACQUISITION

          On June 1,  1997,  the  Company  purchased  its food  inventory  and a
          business  name  from  an  unrelated  third  party  for  $500,000.   In
          conjunction with the purchase, the Company commenced operations of its
          international  specialty  foods  business at the same  location of the
          previous owner.

NOTE 13 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          Acquisitions
          ------------
          On July 27, 1999, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding  common
          stock of Sitestar Corporation, a Delaware corporation, in exchange for
          3,491,428  shares of the Company's  common stock.  The acquisition was
          accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

          On January 8, 1999,  the  Company  acquired  for  $200,000 a 9% equity
          interest in Sierra Madre Foods,  Inc ("SMF")  formerly  known as Queen
          International  Foods  ("QIF") a manufacture  and  wholesaler of frozen
          Mexican food products such as frozen  burritos and  chimichangas.  The
          Company acquired its 9% interest from QIF bankruptcy proceedings along
          with the Debtor-in-Possession as its joint venture partners.

          Sale of Assets
          --------------
          On September 30, 1999,  the Company sold all of the assets  related to
          the Company's international food distribution business, also, known as
          Holland  American  International  Specialties.  The  assets  represent
          approximately  99% of the Company's assets as of December 31, 1998 and
          June 30, 1999.  The acquirer of the assets is a  partnership  with the
          majority  partners  being the  majority  stockholders  of the Company.
          Given that the sale was not an  arms-length  transaction,  the Company
          had the business  valued by an independent  appraiser to determine the
          fair value purchase price.  The sales price was $900,000,  which is to
          be paid as follows:  1) $200,000 is to be forgiven for the  acquirer's
          (majority  stockholders') original cost to establish the public status
          of the Company,  2) $654,000 for the buyer's  assumption of all trade,
          short-term  and long-term  liabilities  as of July 31, 1999 and 3) the
          remaining  $46,000  in the form of a note  payable  to the  Company in
          three annual  installments of $15,333 each plus accrued interest at 8%
          per annum.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997
                          AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                            JUNE 30, 1999 (UNAUDITED)


NOTE 13 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued)

          On September  30,  1999,  the Company sold its 9% interest in SMF (see
          Acquisitions above) for an amount equal to the Company's investment of
          $200,000.  The  purchaser  of the  assets  is a  partnership  with the
          majority  partners  being the  majority  stockholders  of the Company.
          Given that the sale was not an  arms-length  transaction,  the Company
          had the business  valued by an independent  appraiser to determine the
          fair value purchase  price.  The sales price of $200,000 is to be paid
          as follows:  1) $160,000 for the buyer's assumption of debt related to
          the  investment,  and 2) the  remaining  $40,000 in the form of a note
          payable to the Company in three  annual  installments  of $13,333 each
          plus accrued interest at 8% per annum.

          Common Stock
          ------------
          On July 6, 1999, the Company restated its Articles of Incorporation to
          increase  the  authorized  number  of  common  shares  to be issued to
          75,000,000, and authorized a 3-to-1 stock split to increase the number
          of shares outstanding from 6,200,012 to 18,600,036.

          Company Name
          ------------
          On July 26, 1999, the Company  restated its Articles of  Incorporation
          to change the name of the Company to "Sitestar Corporation".












                                      F-19

<PAGE>





                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT



TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS OF
SITESTAR CORPORATION

We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Sitestar
Corporation  and  Subsidiary  as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the years then ended.  These financial  statements are the responsibility of the
Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all  material  respects,  the  financial  position of Sitestar  Corporation  and
Subsidiary as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,  and the results of its  operations
and its cash  flows for the years  then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As shown in the financial  statements,
the Company  incurred a net loss of $163,704  and  $138,423  for the years ended
December  31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  These  factors,  among  others,  as
discussed in Note 1 to the financial  statements,  raise substantial doubt about
the  Company's  ability to continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in
regard to these matters are also  described in Note 1. The financial  statements
do not  include  any  adjustments  that might  result  from the  outcome of this
uncertainty.



                                       MERDINGER, FRUCHTER, ROSEN & CORSO, P.C.
                                       Certified Public Accountants
New York, New York
October 6, 1999


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                                  DECEMBER 31,

<CAPTION>
                                                   1998                 1997
                                               -----------           ----------
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>
     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
     Cash and Cash Equivalents                 $     3,923           $    4,744
     Inventory                                      15,600                    -
                                               -----------           ----------
       Total Current Assets                         19,523                4,744

EQUIPMENT, Net                                      46,393               16,005

EXCESS OF COST OVER FAIR VALUE OF
  NET ASSETS ACQUIRED, Net of
  Accumulated Amortization of $376                   9,728                    -

INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATE                   -                2,800
                                               -----------           ----------

     TOTAL ASSETS                              $    75,644           $   23,549
                                               ===========           ==========

     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES
   Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses       $    28,603           $      825
   Advances from Related Party                      20,200               12,100
                                               -----------           ----------
       Total Current Liabilities                    48,803               12,925
                                               -----------           ----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 4)                   -                    -

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
   Common Stock, $.01 par value, 200,000
    shares authorized, 92,000 shares
    issued and outstanding                             920                  920
   Additional Paid-in Capital                      328,048              148,127
   Accumulated Deficit                          (  302,127)          (  138,423)
                                               -----------           ----------
       Total Stockholders' Equity                   26,841               10,624
                                               -----------           ----------

       TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
        EQUITY                                 $    75,644           $   23,549
                                               ===========           ==========
</TABLE>



The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,


<CAPTION>
                                                   1998                 1997
                                               -----------           ----------

<S>                                            <C>                   <C>
REVENUE                                        $    69,128           $   51,012

COST OF REVENUE                                    108,191               60,319
                                               -----------           ----------

GROSS LOSS                                      (   39,063)           (   9,307)

SELLING GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES        123,720              129,116
                                               -----------           ----------
EQUITY IN LOSS OF UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATE      (      921)                   -

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES                        (  163,704)           ( 138,423)

INCOME TAXES                                             -                    -
                                               -----------           ----------

NET LOSS                                       $(  163,704)          $( 138,423)
                                               ===========           ==========

BASIC LOSS PER COMMON SHARE                    $(     1.78)          $(    1.50)
                                               ===========           ==========

DILUTED LOSS PER COMMON SHARE                  $(     1.78)          $(    1.50)
                                               ===========           ==========

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON
 SHARES OUTSTANDING                                 92,000               92,000
                                               ===========           ==========
</TABLE>












The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

                                      F-22


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997



<CAPTION>
                                                                           Additional       Discount
                                                       Common Stock          Paid-in           on         Accumulated
                                                    Shares      Amount       Capital          Stock         Deficit         Total
                                                    ------     --------    ----------      -----------    -----------    ----------

<S>                                                 <C>        <C>         <C>              <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance at January 1, 1997                               -     $     -     $        -       $        -    $         -     $       -

Issuance of Shares as Founder's Stock               92,000         920              -        (     920)             -             -

Fair Value of Services and Equipment
 Contributed by Related Party                            -           -        149,047                -              -       149,047

Reclassification of Discount on Stock
 to Additional Paid-In Capital                           -           -       (    920)             920              -             -

Net Loss                                                 -           -              -                -      ( 138,423)    ( 138,423)
                                                    ------     --------    ----------       ----------     ----------     ---------

Balance at December 31, 1997                        92,000         920        148,127                -      ( 138,423)       10,624

Fair Value of Services and Equipment
 Contributed by Related Party                            -           -        179,921                -              -       179,921

Net Loss                                                 -           -              -                -      ( 163,704)    ( 163,704)
                                                    ------     --------    ----------       ----------     ----------     ---------

Balance at December 31, 1998                        92,000     $   920     $  328,048       $        -     $( 302,127)    $   26,841
                                                    ======     =======     ==========       ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>













The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,


<CAPTION>
                                                   1998                 1997
                                               -----------          -----------
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net Loss                                    $(  163,704)         $ ( 138,423)
   Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss
    to Net Cash Used in Operating
    Activities:
   Depreciation and Amortization                     5,930                2,798
   Contribution of Services by Related Party       145,166              132,876
   Equity in Loss of Unconsolidated Affiliate          921                    -
   Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
     Increase in Accounts Payable
      and Accrued Expenses                           8,678                  825
                                               -----------          -----------
Total Cash Used in Operating Activities         (    3,009)           (   1,924)
                                               -----------          -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Purchases of Equipment                     (    1,187)           (   2,632)
     Investment in Soccersite, Inc.                      -            (   2,800)
     Acquisition of Soccersite, Inc.,
       Net of Cash Acquired                     (    4,725)                   -
                                               -----------          -----------
Total Cash Used in Investing Activities         (    5,912)           (   5,432)
                                               -----------          -----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Advances from Related Party                     8,100               12,100
                                               -----------          -----------

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND
 CASH EQUIVALENTS:                              (      821)               4,744

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -
 Beginning Of Period                                 4,744                    -
                                               -----------          -----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS -
 End Of Period                                  $    3,923         $      4,744
                                                ==========         ============
</TABLE>


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

                                  F-24
<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

For the years ended  December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company paid no interest or
income taxes.


SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING TRANSACTIONS:

A related company owned by the principal  stockholder of the Company contributed
services and equipment.  The fair value of these services and equipment amounted
to  $179,921  and  $149,047  for the years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997,
respectively.


The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.







                                      F-25

<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


NOTE 1 -  THE ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          Organization and Line of Business
          ---------------------------------
          Sitestar  Corporation  (the "Company")  began operations on January 1,
          1997 as a sole  proprietorship  and was  incorporated  on February 20,
          1997. Operations are conducted from facilities located in the state of
          Maryland.  The Company is a full  service  website  marketing  company
          specializing  in  developing,   marketing  and  hosting  high  quality
          websites.  In addition,  the Company sells  computer  equipment to its
          customers.

          Acquisition
          -----------
          In November  1997,  the Company  entered into a joint venture with two
          partners and each purchased a one-third  interest in Soccersite,  Inc.
          In July 1998, the Company purchased the remaining two thirds interest.
          This wholly owned subsidiary is a marketing website.

          Basis of Presentation
          ---------------------
          The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that
          the Company will continue as a going concern.  The Company had minimal
          revenue and  significant  net losses for the years ended  December 31,
          1998 and  1997.  These  factors  raise  substantial  doubt  about  the
          Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

          In  view  of  the  matters  described  in  the  preceding   paragraph,
          recoverability of the equipment and excess cost over fair value of net
          assets acquired shown in the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets
          are dependent upon continued operations of the Company,  which in turn
          is dependent  upon the  Company's  ability to generate  positive  cash
          flows from  operations.  The  financial  statements do not include any
          adjustments,  relating to the  recoverability  and  classification  of
          recorded asset amounts and  classifications  of liabilities that might
          be necessary  should the Company be unable to continue its  existence.
          Management  plans to take the following steps that it believes will be
          sufficient  to provide  the  Company  with the  ability to continue in
          existence:

          o    The Company has been  acquired by a publicly  held  company  (See
               Note 7).

          o    The  Company  is  working to raise  additional  capital  and debt
               financing  to  fund  operations,  increase  revenue,  and  reduce
               operating costs.




                                      F-26

<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

NOTE 1 -  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

          Principles of Consolidation
          ---------------------------
          The  accompanying   consolidated   financial  statements  include  the
          accounts  of the  Company  and  Soccersite,  Inc.  from  the  date  of
          acquisition  July 7,  1998,  after  the  elimination  of  intercompany
          accounts and transactions.

          Use of Estimates
          ----------------
          The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity with generally
          accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
          and  assumptions  that  effect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and
          liabilities  and  disclosures of contingent  assets and liabilities at
          the date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts  of
          revenue and expenses  during the  reporting  periods.  Actual  results
          could differ from those estimates.

          Fair Value of Financial Instruments
          -----------------------------------
          For certain of the Company's  financial  instruments  including  cash,
          accounts  payable,  accrued  expenses and advances from related party,
          the  carrying  amounts  approximate  fair  value  due to  their  short
          maturities.

          Cash and Cash Equivalents
          -------------------------
          For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company defines cash
          equivalents  as all highly liquid debt  instruments  purchased  with a
          maturity of three months or less, plus all certificates of deposit.

          Concentration of Credit Risk
          ----------------------------
          The Company  places its cash in what it  believes to be  credit-worthy
          financial  institutions.  Cash  balances  did not exceed FDIC  insured
          levels during the year.

          Inventory
          ---------
          The Company  purchases  inventory  of equipment  specifically  against
          customer  orders. Inventory  is stated at the lower of cost or market.
          Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method.

          Equipment
          ---------
          Equipment  is  stated  at cost.  Depreciation  is  computed  using the
          straight-line method over the useful lives of the assets of 5 years.


                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


NOTE 1 -  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

          Long-Lived Assets
          -----------------
          Long-lived  assets  to be held and used are  reviewed  for  impairment
          whenever events or changes in circumstances  indicate that the related
          carrying  amount may not be  recoverable.  When  required,  impairment
          losses on assets to be held and used are recognized  based on the fair
          value of the  assets  and  long-lived  assets  to be  disposed  of are
          reported  at the lower of  carrying  amount of fair value less cost to
          sell.

          Excess of Cost Over Fair Value of Net Assets Acquired
          -----------------------------------------------------
          The Company continually monitors its excess of cost over fair value of
          net assets  acquired  (which is amortized over ten years) to determine
          whether  any  impairment  of this asset has  occurred.  In making such
          determination  with  respect  to excess  cost  over fair  value of net
          assets  acquired,  the  Company  evaluates  the  performance,   on  an
          undiscounted  cash flow basis,  of the  underlying  assets or group of
          assets which gave rise to this amount.

          Revenue Recognition
          -------------------
          Revenue  from the sale of services or products are  recognized  at the
          point the services are performed or products delivered.

          Income Taxes
          ------------
          The  Company has been a  subchapter  S  corporation.  Income is passed
          through to the  stockholders  who pay  personally  their  share of the
          applicable taxes. Therefore, no provision for income taxes was made at
          December 31, 1998 and 1997.

          Subsequent to the termination of the Company's S Corporation  election
          (See Note 7),  provisions  for income taxes are based on taxes payable
          or  refundable  for the current year and  deferred  taxes on temporary
          differences  between the amount of taxable income and pretax financial
          income and between the tax bases of assets and  liabilities  and their
          reported amounts in the financial statements.  Deferred tax assets and
          liabilities  are  included in the  financial  statements  at currently
          enacted  income  tax  rates  applicable  to the  period  in which  the
          deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  are  expected to be realized or
          settled as prescribed by Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
          ("SFAS")  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes." As changes in tax
          laws or rates are  enacted,  deferred tax assets and  liabilities  are
          adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


NOTE 1 -  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

          Net Loss Per Share
          ------------------
          In accordance with SFAS No. 128,  "Earning Per Share",  the basic loss
          per  share is  computed  by  dividing  net loss  available  to  common
          stockholders   by  the  weighted   average  number  of  common  shares
          outstanding.  Diluted  loss per common  share is  computed  similar to
          basic loss per common share except that the  denominator  is increased
          to include the number of additional common shares that would have been
          outstanding if the potential  common shares had been issued and if the
          additional common shares were dilutive.

          Comprehensive Income
          --------------------
          SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income",  establishes standards
          for  the  reporting  and  display  of  comprehensive  income  and  its
          components  in the financial  statements.  As of December 31, 1998 and
          1997,  the Company  has no items that  represent  other  comprehensive
          income and,  therefore,  has not included a schedule of  comprehensive
          income in the financial statements.

          Advertising Costs
          -----------------
          Advertising  costs,  except for costs associated with  direct-response
          advertising,  are charged to operations  when  incurred.  The costs of
          direct-response  advertising,  if any, are  capitalized  and amortized
          over the period  during  which  future  benefits  are  expected  to be
          received.

          Impact of Year 2000 Issue
          -------------------------
          During the year ended  December  31,  1998,  the Company  conducted an
          assessment of issues related to the Year 2000 and  determined  that no
          issues existed which would cause its computer  systems not to properly
          utilize  dates beyond  December 31,  1999.  At this time,  the Company
          cannot fully determine the impact of Year 2000 issues will have on its
          customers or suppliers with regard to their own business software.  If
          the  Company's  customers or suppliers  don't convert their systems to
          become Year 2000 compliant, the Company may be adversely impacted.



                                      F-29

<PAGE>


                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

NOTE 2 -  EQUIPMENT

          Equipment is summarized as follows at December 31,:

                                                   1998                1997
                                                ----------           ----------
          Computer Equipment                    $   54,745           $   18,803
          Less: Accumulated Depreciation             8,352                2,798
                                                ----------           ----------
                                                $   46,393           $   16,005
                                                ==========           ==========

          Depreciation  expense  was  $5,554  and  $2,798  for the  years  ended
          December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

NOTE 3 -  RELATED PARTY

          A related  company owned by the principal  stockholder  of the Company
          provided  services  (programming  and  administrative  labor,  use  of
          premises,  insurance and telephone)  and equipment.  The fair value of
          these  services and  equipment  amounting to $179,921 and $149,047 for
          the  years  ended  December  31,  1998 and  1997,  respectively,  were
          recorded as additional paid-in capital.

NOTE 4 -  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

          Office Space
          ------------
          For the years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997,  the  Company  was
          provided office space by a related company (See Note3), the fair value
          of which was $13,222 and $12,194, respectively. The space was occupied
          on a month-to-month basis.

NOTE 5 -  ADVERTISING COSTS

          Advertising costs incurred and recorded as expense in the consolidated
          statements of operations  were $13,825 and $12,911 for the years ended
          December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

NOTE 6 -  ACQUISITION

          On July  15,  1998,  the  Company  acquired  the  remaining  two-third
          interest of  Soccersite,  Inc.  for $6,000,  in addition to the $1,879
          original  one-third interest for a total purchase price of $7,879. The
          acquisition  was accounted for by the purchase  method of  accounting;
          accordingly,  the  purchase  price has been  allocated  to the  assets
          acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair values at
          the  date of  acquisition.  The  excess  of the  purchase  price  over
          estimated  fair  value of net  assets  acquired  of  $10,104  has been
          recorded  as excess of cost over fair  value of net  assets  acquired,
          which is being amortized over ten years.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997


NOTE 6 -  ACQUISITION (continued)

          The estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed is
          summarized as follows:

                  Cash                                                $  1,275
                  Other Assets                                          10,104
                  Liabilities                                         (  3,500)
                                                                      --------
                  Purchase Price                                      $  7,879
                                                                      ========

NOTE 7 -  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

          Leases
          ------
          In 1999, the Company entered into various  non-cancelable  capital and
          operating lease agreements for various  equipment.  The future minimum
          lease payments under non-cancelable  capital and operating leases with
          initial or remaining terms of one year or more are as follows:

                                                 Capital             Operating
           Year Ended December 31,                Leases               Lease
                                                ----------          -----------
           1999                                 $    8,357          $    2,425
           2000                                     16,340              21,065
           2001                                     16,340                   -
           2002                                      7,982                   -
                                                ----------          ----------
           Net Minimum Lease Payments               49,019          $   23,490
                                                                    ==========
           Less:  Amounts Representing
             Interest                                4,010
                                                ----------
           Present Value of Net Minimum
             Lease Payment                      $   45,009
                                                ==========

          The  assets of the  Company  are  subject to a lien by the lessor of a
          capital obligation.  In addition, the lease is secured by the personal
          guarantee of two stockholders of the Company.

          Office Space
          ------------

          In 1999, the Company continued to occupy the office space of a related
          party through the  termination of the lease.  Upon  termination of the
          lease,  the  related  party  vacated  the  space  and the  Company  is
          occupying  the  premises on a  month-to-month  basis until such time a
          lease is negotiated.

                                      F-31
<PAGE>

                       SITESTAR CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1998 AND 1997

NOTE 7 -  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (continued)

          Sale of Company
          ---------------
          On July 27,  1999,  the  stockholders  of the Company  consummated  an
          agreement  exchanging all of the issued and outstanding  shares of the
          Company's  common  stock  for  3,491,428  shares  of a  publicly  held
          corporation's common stock.

          Income Taxes
          ------------
          As a result of the sale of the Company described above, the Subchapter
          S Corporation status has been terminated.












                                      F-32


<PAGE>



                         PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                         INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.


Subsequent to June 30, 1999,  the latest  balance  sheet date  presented in this
registration   statement,   the  registrant   acquired   Sitestar   Corporation.
Additionally, the Company sold all of the assets relating to its specialty foods
operations.  The details of these transactions are presented in the notes to the
financial statements presented elsewhere in this registration statement.

The pro forma balance sheet reflects the historical  consolidated  balance sheet
of the Company,  after the sale of the  specialty  food assets,  and the balance
sheet of Sitestar Corporation as of June 30, 1999. The Company acquired Sitestar
on July 27, 1999 and sold the specialty  food assets on September 30, 1999.  Pro
forma  adjustments  have been made to give effect to the acquisition of Sitestar
and the sale of the  specialty  food assets as if they had  occurred on June 30,
1999.

The pro forma  statement of  operations  for the six month period ended June 30,
1999 reflects the historical  statement of operations of the Company,  after the
sale of the specialty  food assets,  and the statement of operations of Sitestar
Corporation.  Pro  forma  adjustments  have  been  made to give  effect to these
transactions as if they had occurred as of the January 1, 1999.




                                       F-33
<PAGE>


<TABLE>

                                             INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                                  PROFORMA BALANCE SHEET
                                                       JUNE 30, 1999

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Proforma Adjustments
                                                             Proforma Adjustments to                 to Reflect Sale
                                                             Reflect Acquisition of                 of Specialty food
                                                Sitestar       Sitestar As of June                   Assets As of June
                                     Balance     Balance           30, 1999                             30, 1999
                                      Sheet       Sheet      -----------------------   Adjusted     -------------------    Proforma
                                     June 30,    June 30,       Dr           Cr        June 30,       Dr         Cr        June 30,
                                       1999        1999                                 1999                                1999
                                    ---------    ---------    ---------    -------    ----------   --------  ---------   ----------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>      <C>
 Assets
Current Assets
 Cash and Cash Equivalents           $      -    $  11,915                             $  11,915                         $   11,915
 Accounts Receivable                   89,210                                             89,210         2)      89,210           -
 Inventories                          469,004                                            469,004         2)     469,004           -
 Note Receivable - Stockholder         75,310                                             75,310 2)   86,000                161,310
 Other Current Assets                  42,966                                             42,966         2)      33,920       9,046
                                     --------     --------                            ----------                          ---------
       Total Current Assets           676,490       11,915                               688,405                            182,271

Equipment and Furniture, Net           56,020       99,079                               155,099         2)      38,020     117,079
Excess Cost Over Fair Value of
  Net Assets Acquired                       -        9,352 1) 7,743,850 3)   387,193   7,366,009                          7,366,009
Investment                            200,000                                            200,000         2)     200,000           -
                                    =========  ===========                            ==========                         ==========
    Total Assets                    $ 932,510    $ 120,346                            $8,409,513                         $7,665,359
                                    =========  ===========                            ==========                         ==========


 Liabilities and Stockholders'
  Equity (Deficiency)
Current Liabilities
 Book Overdraft                      $ 37,956    $       -                            $   37,956                         $   37,956
 Accounts payable and Accrued
  Expenses                            156,198        6,008                               162,206 2)   156,199                 6,007
 Line of Credit                       200,000            -                               200,000 2)   200,000                     -
 Advance from Stockholders            246,702            -                               246,702      117,545               129,157
 Notes Payable                        305,839            -                               305,839 2)   305,839                     -
 Capital Lease Obligations -
  Current Portion                       4,155        5,112                                 9,267 2)     4,155                 5,112
                                    ---------    ---------                            ----------                          ---------
    Total Current Liabilities         950,850       11,120                               961,970                            178,232

Capital Lease Obligations, Less
 Current Portion                       30,262       14,705                                44,967 2)    30,262                14,705
                                    ---------    ---------                            ----------                          ---------
    Total Liablities
                                      981,112       25,825                             1,006,937                            192,937
                                    ---------    ---------                            ----------                          ---------

Commitments and Contingencies

Stockholders Equity (Deficiency)
 Common Stock, $0.001 par value,
  25,000,000 shares authorized,
  9,691,440 issued and outstanding      6,200          920  1)      920 1)     3,491       9,691                              9,691

 Additional Paid-in Capital           621,600      500,357  1)  500,357 1) 7,939,509   8,561,109                          8,561,109
 Accumulated Deficit                 (676,402)    (406,756) 3)  387,193 1)   302,127  (1,168,224)          4)    69,846  (1,098,378)
                                     ---------    ---------                            ----------                          ---------
  Total Stockholders
   Equity (Deficiency)                (48,602)      94,521                             7,402,576                          7,472,422
                                     ---------    ---------                           ----------                          ---------
    Total Liabilities and
     Stockholders Equity
     (Deficiency)                     $932,510   $  120,346                           $ 8,409,513                        $7,665,359
                                      ========   ==========                           ===========                        ==========
</TABLE>

                                       F-34
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                        INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                      PROFORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                   FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1999

<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Proforma Adjustments
                                                             Proforma Adjustments to                 to Reflect Sale
                                                 Sitestar    Reflect Acquisition of                 of Specialty Food
                                    Statement   Statement     Sitestar As of June                   Assets As of June
                                        of          of              30, 1999                             30, 1999
                                    Operations  Operations   -----------------------   Adjusted   ---------------------   Proforma
                                     June 30,    June 30,       Dr           Cr        June 30,       Dr         Cr        June 30,
                                       1999        1999                                 1999                               1999
                                    ---------    ---------     ---------    ---------  ----------  ----------  ---------  ----------

<S>                                 <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>       <C>
Sales                               $ 870,249    $ 115,084                             $ 985,333  5) 870,249              $ 115,084

Cost of Goods Sold                    654,011      124,116                               778,127           5)   654,011     124,116
                                    ---------    ---------                             ---------                           --------

Gross Profit (Loss)                   216,238       (9,032)                              207,206                           (  9,032)

Selling, General and
 Administrative Expenses              380,623       95,597  3)  387,193                  863,413           5)   276,793     586,620
                                    ---------    ---------                             ---------                          ---------

Loss From Operations                 (164,385)    (104,629)                             (656,207)                          (595,652)
                                    ---------    ---------                              --------                          ---------

 Other Income (Expenses)
   Gain (Loss) On Sale of Assets                         -                                     -        -  4)    69,846      69,846
   Interest Expense                   (33,454)           -                               (33,454)          5)    33,454     (66,908)
                                     --------    ---------                              --------                           --------
     Total Other Income(Expenses)     (33,454)           -                               (33,454)                             2,938
                                     --------    ---------                              --------                           --------

Loss Before Income Taxes             (197,839)    (104,629)                             (689,661)                          (592,714)

Taxes                                       -            -                                     -                                  -
                                     --------    ---------                              --------                           --------

Net Loss                            $(197,839)   $(104,629)                            $(689,661)                         $(592,714)
                                    =========    =========                             =========                          =========

Basic Loss Per Share
  Historical                                                                                                              $(   0.03)
                                                                                                                          =========
  Proforma                                                                                                                $(   0.06)
                                                                                                                          =========
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
  Historical                                                                                                               6,200,012
                                                                                                                          =========
  Proforma                                                                                                                 9,691,440
                                                                                                                          =========
</TABLE>
                                       F-35
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

                                        INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.
                                      PROFORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

<CAPTION>
                                                                 Proforma
                                                                Adjustments                      Proforma Adjustments
                                                                 to Reflect                         to Reflect Sale
                                                 Sitestar      Acquisition of                     of Specialty Food
                                    Statement   Statement      Sitestar As of                        Assets As of
                                        of          of         December 31,1998                    December 31, 1998
                                    Operations  Operations    -----------------  Adjusted      ---------------------     Proforma
                                   December 31, December 31,     Dr        Cr    December          Dr         Cr       December 31,
                                       1998        1998                          31, 1998                                  1998
                                    ---------    ---------    ---------  ------ ----------      ----------  --------   -----------
<S>                                <C>           <C>            <C>      <C>    <C>              <C>         <C>        <C>
Sales                              $2,175,867    $  69,128                       $2,244,995 5)   2,175,867               $   69,128

Cost of Goods Sold                  1,614,924      108,191                        1,723,115            7)    1,614,924      108,191
                                   ----------    ---------                       ----------                              ----------

Gross Profit (Loss)                   560,943    (  39,063)                         521,880                                ( 39,063)

Selling, General and
 Administrative Expenses              827,040      123,720  6)  774,385           1,725,145            7)      656,390    1,068,755
                                   ----------    ---------                       ----------                              ----------


Loss From Operations                 (266,097)   ( 162,783)                      (1,203,265)                             (1,107,818)
                                   ----------    ---------                       ----------                              ----------

 Other Income (Expenses)
   Gain (Loss) On Sale of Assets            -            -                                -        -                              -
   Interest Expense                   (18,397)           -                          (18,397)          7)       18,397       (36,794)
                                   ----------    ---------                       ----------                              ----------

    Total Other Income(Expenses)      (18,397)           -                          (18,397)                                (36,794)
                                   ----------    ---------                       ----------                              ----------

Loss Before Income Taxes             (284,494)    (162,783)                      (1,221,662)                             (1,144,612)

Taxes                                       -            -                                -                                       -
                                   ----------    ---------                       ----------                              ----------

Net Loss                           $ (284,494)   $(162,783)                     $(1,221,662)                            $(1,144,612)
                                   ==========    =========                      ===========                             ===========

Basic Loss Per Share
  Historical                                                                                                            $(     0.04)
                                                                                                                        ===========
  Proforma                                                                                                              $(     0.12)
                                                                                                                        ===========
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
  Historical                                                                                                              5,693,810
                                                                                                                        ===========
  Proforma                                                                                                                9,185,238
                                                                                                                        ===========
</TABLE>
                                       F-36
<PAGE>

                    NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                         INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

Balance Sheet, June 30, 1999
- ----------------------------

1)   To reflect the  acquisition  of Sitestar  Corporation  as if it occurred on
     June  30,  1999.  This  acquisition   closed  as  of  July  27,  1999.  The
     acquisition, accounted for as a purchase, was achieved through the issuance
     of 3,491,428  shares of the  Company's  common stock in exchange for all of
     the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of  common  stock  held by  Sitestar
     Corporation's  Stockholders.  The  total  acquisition  price is  $7,943,000
     resulting  in  excess  cost  over  fair  value of net  assets  acquired  of
     $7,742,929, calculated as follows:


        Acquisition price               $ 7,943,000
        Net assets acquired                 200,071
                                        -----------

        Excess cost over fair
              Value of net assets
              Acquired                  $ 7,742,929
                                        ===========

2)   To reflect the sale of the specialty foods assets as if it occurred on June
     30, 1999.  This  transaction  closed on September 30, 1999. The sales price
     was $1,100,000 with a $200,000 discount, for the stockholders' formation of
     the Company for an adjusted  price of $900,000.  The  consideration  was a,
     assumption of $814,000 of Company's  debt,  related to the specialty  foods
     business,  and a  promissory  note for  $86,000.  The net book value of the
     assets was $830,154 for a gain on sale of assets of $69,846.


Statement of Operations, six months ended June 30, 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------

3)   To reflect  amortization  of excess  cost over the fair value of net assets
     acquired for the six month period.

4)   To reflect the gain on sale of the specialty food assets.

5)   To restate  operations  to remove the  operations  of the  Specialty  foods
     assets.

Statement of Operations, for the year ended December 31, 1998
- -------------------------------------------------------------

6)   To reflect  amortization  of excess  cost over the fair value of net assets
     acquired for the year ended.

7)   To restate  operations  to remove the  operations  of the  Specialty  foods
     assets.


                                       F-37

<PAGE>

                                    PART III



Item 1.           INDEX TO EXHIBITS

     The following exhibits are filed with this Registration Statement:


Exhibit
Number            Description
- -------   -------------------------------
2.1       Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated October 25, 1998

2.2       Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated July 27, 1999

2.3       Asset Sale and Agreement re  divestiture of Holland  American
          Specialties, dated September 30, 1999

2.4       Asset Sale and Agreement re divestiture of Sierra Madre Foods,  Inc.,
          dated September 30, 1999

2.5       Letter of Intent to Acquire Eastern Shore Net, dated August 17, 1999

2.6       Letter of Intent to Acquire Neocom Microspecialists,  Inc., dated
          September 2, 1999

3.1(i)    Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (December 17, 1992)

3.1(ii)   Amended Articles of Incorporation (July 29, 1998)

3.1(iii)  Amended Articles of Incorporation (October 26, 1998)

3.1(iv)   Amended Articles of Incorporation (July 14, 1999)

3.1(v)    Amended Articles of Incorporation (July 28, 1999)

3.2(i)    By-laws of the Registrant (December 17, 1992)

22        Subsidiaries of the Registrant

27        Financial Data Schedule




                                       46
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

         In accordance  with Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant caused this registration  statement to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                SITESTAR CORPORATION
                                                  (Registrant)





Date:   October 21, 1999                    By:  /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas
                                                 -------------------------
                                                    Frederick T. Manlunas
                                                    Chairman of the Board






                                                                     Exhibit 2.1

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

     This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION  (hereinafter  referred to as the
"Agreement")  is  entered  into as of this  25th day of  October,  1998,  by and
between  INTERFOODS  CONSOLIDATED,  INC.  (hereinafter  referred  to as "HAIS"),
FREDERICK  T.  MANLUNAS,  EDWARD C.  REYES,  CHRISTOPER  P.  TSENG,  EILEEN LEE,
EMMANUEL  CORPUS,  RENATO A. LUTTAUA,  ROSE FEJARDO,  SOCORRO P. GIL and GLEN H.
PEREZ (hereinafter  individually and collectively  referred to as "Shareholder")
and WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "WDVE").


                                   WITNESSETH


     WHEREAS,  HAIS is a California  corporation with 4,000,000 shares of common
stock issued and outstanding (hereinafter "HAIS Shares"); and

     WHEREAS,  WDVE is a Nevada  corporation  with  authorized  capital stock of
25,000,000  shares of Common Stock $.001 par value per share, of which 1,860,000
shares were issued and outstanding as of October 25, 1998, and

     WHEREAS, Shareholder owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock
in HAIS; and

     WHEREAS,  WDVE desires to purchase from  Shareholder  all of the issued and
outstanding  shares of HAIS owned by him in  exchange  for  5,580,000  shares of
common stock ("Stock"), and

     WHEREAS,  it is the  intention of  Shareholder  to exchange the HAIS Shares
held by him f or Stock of WDVE,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth herein;
and

     WHEREAS,  it is the  intention  of  WDVE,  HAIS  and  Shareholder  that the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  constitute  a tax-free  "reorganization"  as
defined in Section 368(a)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
("B  Reorganization") and that all the terms and provisions of this Agreement be
interpreted, construed and enforced to effectuate this intent.

     NOW THEREFORE in consideration  of the foregoing and the mutual  covenants,
promises,  representations  and warranties  contained herein, the parties hereto
agree as follows:

                                       -1-


<PAGE>



                                    Article I

                                    EXCHANGE

     1. 1. Exchange of Stock of HAIS. At the Closing Date (as defined in Article
VIII hereof), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable
law,  Shareholder shall transfer and WDVE shall acquire all of the stock of HAIS
Shares owned by Shareholder.


                                   Article II

                                  CONSIDERATION

     2.1. Exchange. Shareholder and WDVE agree that all of the HAIS Shares owned
by  Shareholder  shall be exchanged  with WDVE for 5,580,000  shares of Stock of
WDVE. Such Stocks shall be issued in Certificates of such denominations, amounts
and names as may be requested by Shareholder.

     2.2.  Investment Intent and Delivery.  Shareholder  represents and warrants
that he is acquiring said stock for investment purposes only and not with a view
towards resale or  redistribution.  Shareholder agrees to deliver to WDVE on the
Closing  Date,  a letter  setting  forth an  agreement  that said Stock is being
acquired for investment  purposes only and will not be sold except in compliance
with the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and the Rules and  Regulations
promulgated thereunder. At said closing, WDVE shall deliver certificates for the
HAIS Shares, duly endorsed in negotiable form, with signatures guaranteed,  free
and clear from all claims and encumbrances.



                                   Article III

                     REPRESENTATTONS AND WARRANTIES OF WDVE

     WDVE represents the warrants to Shareholder as follows:

     3.1.  Organization.  WDVE  is  a  corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Nevada,  has the
corporate  power and  authority to own or lease its  properties  and to carry on
business as now being conducted.

     3.2. Capitalization. As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of
WDVE consists of 25,000,000  shares of capital stock, of which 1,860,000  shares
are  presently  issued and  outstanding.  All said  Stock is validly  issued and
outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable. As of the Closing Date, there will be
no shares of common stock subject to unexpired exercisable options.

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     3.3.  Financial  Statements.  WDVE has furnished to  Shareholder  financial
statements as of July 30, 1998.  Said financial  statements  contain the balance
sheet and income statement of WDVE. All of said financial statements, (i) are in
accordance  with WDVE's books and records,  (ii)  present  fairly and  financial
position of WDVE as of such dates,  and its results of operations and changes in
financial  position  for the  respective  periods  indicated,  (iii)  have  been
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles applied on
a consistent  basis, and (iv) consistent with prior business  practice,  contain
adequate  reserves for all known or contingent  liabilities,  losses and refunds
with respect to services or products already rendered or sold.

     3.4.  Contracts.  Prior to the Closing Date,  WDVE will furnish HAIS with a
true and complete list and  description of all contracts by and between WDVE and
with others. Each of the agreements,  contracts,  commitments, leases, plans and
other  instruments,  documents  and  undertakings  to be  supplied  is valid and
enforceable in accordance  with its terms except as the  enforceability  thereof
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally, and by equitable principles.  WDVE is not in default of the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any material obligations, covenant or
condition contained therein; and no event has occurred which with or without the
giving  of  notice  or lapse  of  time,  or both,  would  constitute  a  default
thereunder;  furthermore,  except as may be  disclosed in writing at the time of
delivery,  no  such  agreement,  contract,  commitment,  lease,  plan  or  other
instrument, document or undertaking, in the reasonable opinion of WDVE, contains
any contractual requirement with which there is a likelihood WDVE will be unable
to comply.

     3.5.  Registration Rights. No shareholder of WDVE has any demands or "piggy
back"  registration  rights with regards to the outstanding shares or options of
WDVE.

     3.6.  Authorization.  WDVE has the power to enter into this Agreement,  and
this Agreement,  when duly executed and delivered, will constitute the valid and
binding obligation of WDVE.

     3.7.  Effect of  Agreement.  The  execution  and  delivery  by WDVE of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, (i) will
not  conflict  with or result in a breach  of the  terms of, or  constitute  any
default  under  or  violation  of,  any law or  regulation  of any  governmental
authority,  or the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of WDVE, or any material
agreement or  instrument  to which WDVE is a party or by which it is bound or is
subject;  (ii) now will it give to others  any  interest  or  rights,  including
rights of termination,  acceleration or cancellation,  in or with respect to any
of the properties, assets, agreements, leases, or business of WDVE.

                                       -3-



<PAGE>


                                   Article IV

             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF HAIS AND SHAREHOLDER

     HAIS and  Shareholder,  and each of them,  represent and warrant to WDVE as
follows:

     4.1. Organization.  HAIS is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing
and in  good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of  California,  has the
corporate  power and  authority to own or lease its  properties  and to carry on
business as now being conducted.

     4.2.  Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of HAIS consists of one
class of common stock,  20,000,000  shares  authorized,  of which  4,000,000 are
outstanding   Shares  are  validly  issued  and  outstanding,   fully  paid  and
nonassessable.   All  of  the  issued  and  outstanding   shares  are  owned  by
Shareholder.

     4.3.  Authority.  HAIS and Shareholder have the full power and authority to
enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Other than
approval by the Board of Directors, no proceedings on the part of Shareholder is
necessary to authorize this Agreement or the transactions completed hereby. This
Agreement  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of HAIS and
Shareholder enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     4.4. Financial  Statements.  HAIS and Shareholder had furnished to WDVE its
business  plan and  current  financial  statements.  Said  financial  statements
contain the balance sheet and income  statement of HAIS.  All of said  financial
statements,  (i) are in  accordance  with HAIS books and  records,  (ii) present
fairly the  financial  position  of HAIS as of such  dates,  and its  results of
operations  and  changes  in  financial  position  for  the  respective  periods
indicated,  (iii) have been  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis, and (iv) consistent with
prior business  practice,  contain adequate reserves for all known or contingent
liabilities,  losses and refunds  with  respect to services or products  already
rendered or sold.

     4.5.  Contracts.  Prior to the Closing Date,  HAIS will furnish WDVE with a
true and complete list and  description of all contracts by and between HAIS and
with others. Each of the agreements,  contracts,  commitments, leases, plans and
other  instruments,  documents  and  undertakings  to be  supplied  is valid and
enforceable in accordance  with its terms except as the  enforceability  thereof
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally, and by equitable principles.  HAIS is not in default of the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any material obligations, covenant or
condition contained therein; and no event has occurred which with or without the
giving  of  notice  or lapse  of  time,  or both,  would  constitute  a  default
thereunder; furthermore, except as

                                       -4-



<PAGE>


may be  disclosed  in  writing  at the  time of  delivery,  no  such  agreement,
contract, commitment, lease, plan or other instrument,  document or undertaking,
in the reasonable  opinion of HAIS,  contains any contractual  requirement  with
which there is a likelihood HAIS will be unable to comply.


     4.6.  Competition.  Except as set forth in the  contracts  described in 4.5
above,  neither HAIS, nor any officer or director or Shareholder of HAIS has any
material  direct or  indirect  financial  or  economic  interest  in any related
industry entity or in any competition or customer of HAIS.

     4.7.  Effect of  Agreement.  The  execution  and  delivery  by HAIS of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, (i) will
not  conflict  with,  or result in a breach of the terms of, or  constitute  and
default  under  or  violation  of,  any law or  regulation  of any  governmental
authority,  or the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of RAIS, or any material
agreement or  instrument  to which HAIS is a party or by which it is bound or is
subject;  (ii) nor will it give to rise to any  interests  or rights,  including
rights of termination,  acceleration or cancellation,  in or with respect to any
of the properties, assets, agreements, leases, or business of HAIS.

     4.8. Properties. All of the property, assets and equipment owned by or used
by  HAIS is in good  repair,  well  maintained,  and in  good  and  satisfactory
operating  condition  consistent  with their age,  free from any known  defects,
except such minor defects as do not  substantially  interfere with the continued
use thereof in the conduct of normal operations and such property,  assets,  and
equipment  which is owned by HAIS is valued  on the  Balance  Sheet at  original
purchase price less reasonable  depreciation  consistently applied in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.

     4.9.  Minutes Book. The records of meetings and other corporate  actions of
Shareholder  and the Board of Directors  (including any committees of the Board)
of HAIS which are  contained in the Minute  Books of HAIS  contain  complete and
accurate records of the matters reflected in such minutes.

     4.10.  Litigation;  Claims.  HAIS is not a party and  there are no  claims,
actions, suits,  investigations or proceedings pending,  threatened against HAIS
or  its  business,  at law  or in  equity,  or  before  or by  any  governmental
department,  commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign,  which if  determined  adversely  would have a  material  effect on the
business or  financial  condition of HAIS or the ability of HAIS to carry on its
business.  The consummation of the  transactions  herein  contemplated  will not
conflict  with or result in the breach or  violation  of any  judgement,  order,
writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental department,  commission,
board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign.

                                       -5-


<PAGE>


     4.11. Taxes and Reports.  At the Closing Date, HAIS (i) will have filed all
tax returns required to be filed by any  jurisdiction,  domestic or foreign,  to
which it is or has been  subject,  (ii) has paid in full all taxes due and taxes
claimed to be due by each  jurisdiction,  and any  interest and  penalties  with
respect thereto, and (iii) has adequately reflected as liabilities on its books,
all taxes that have accrued for any period to and including the Closing Date.

     4.12.  Compliance  with Laws and  Regulations.  HAIS and  Shareholder  have
complied with, and is not in violation of any federal,  state,  local or foreign
statute,  law, rule or regulation with respect to the conduct of its businesses,
which violation might have a material adverse effect on the business,  financial
condition or earnings of HAIS.

     4.13. Finders.  HAIS is not obligated,  absolutely or contingently,  to any
person for financial  advice,  a finder's fee,  brokerage  commission,  or other
similar  payment  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

     4.14. Nature of Representations.  No representation,  warranty or agreement
made by HAIS in this  Agreement  and no  statement  or  disclosure  furnished by
Shareholder in connection with the transactions herein contemplated contains, or
will  contain,  any untrue  statement of a material  fact  necessary to make any
statement, representation, warranty or agreement not misleading.


                                    Article V

                              ACCESS TO INFORMATION

     5.1.   Access  to   Information.   HAIS  and   Shareholder   shall   afford
representatives   of  WDVE  reasonable  access  to  officers,   personnel,   and
professional representatives of HAIS and such of the financial,  contractual and
corporate  records  of  HAIS  as  shall  be  reasonably   necessary  for  WDVE's
investigations and appraisal of HAIS.

     5.2. Effect of Investigations. Any such investigation by WDVE of RAIS shall
not affect any of the representations and warranties  hereunder and shall not be
conducted in such manner as to interfere  unreasonably with the operation of the
business of HAIS.


                                   Article VI

                        CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF WDVE

The obligations of WDVE under this Agreement are, at the option of WDVE, subject
to the  satisfaction,  at  and  prior  to the  Closing  Date,  of the  following
conditions:

                                       -6-



<PAGE>


     6.1. Fulfillment of Covenants.  All the terms,  covenants and conditions of
this  Agreement  to be  complied  with and  performed  by HAIS at or before  the
Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed.


     6.2. Accuracy of Representations  and Warranties:  Other Documents.  All of
the  representations  and warranties made by all parties to this Agreement shall
be true as of the Closing Date.

     6.3. No Litigation.  Except for certain claims which may have their genesis
in connection  with the  rescission of that certain  transaction  by and between
Shareholder  and Glenhills  Corporation,  there shall be no action,  proceeding,
investigation or pending or actual  litigation the purpose of which is to enjoin
or may be to enjoin the  transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement or which
would have the effect,  if  successful,  of imposing a material  liability  upon
WDVE, or any of the officers or directors thereof,  because of this consummation
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                                   Article VII

                    CONDITIONS TO OBLTGATIONS OF SHAREHOLDER

     The  obligations of Shareholder  under this Agreement are, at the option of
Shareholder,  subject to the satisfaction,  at and prior to the Closing Date, of
the following conditions:

     7.1. Fulfillment of Covenants.  All the terms,  covenants and conditions of
this  Agreement  to be  complied  with and  performed  by WDVE at or before  the
Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed.

     7.2. Accuracy of Representations  and Warranties;  Other Documents.  All of
the  representations  and warranties made by all parties to this Agreement shall
be true as of the Closing Date.

     7.3. No Litigation. There shall be no action, proceeding,  investigation or
pending  or actual  litigation  the  purpose  of which is to enjoin or may be to
enjoin the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or which would have the
effect, if successful, of imposing a material liability upon HAIS, or any of the
officers or directors  thereof,  because of the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

     7.4.  Additional  Conditions.  Prior  to the  Closing  Date,  the  Board of
Directors of WDVE will adopt a resolution to amend the Articles of Incorporation
as follows:

     Article FIRST is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FIRST. The name of the corporation is: InterFoods Consolidated,  Inc.


                                       -7-



<PAGE>


     Article FOURTH is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FOURTH.  The aggregate  number of shares which the corporation  shall
          have the authority to issue is Twenty-Five Million (25,000,000) shares
          of  common  stock at $.001 par  value,  and Ten  Million  (10,000,000)
          shares of Serial Preferred Stock at $.001 par value.

               A. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to
          one  vote  on any  matter  submitted  to a vote of or for  consent  of
          holders of Common Stock.  Subject to the  provisions of applicable law
          and this Article Fourth,  any dividends paid or distributed on or with
          respect  to the  Common  Stock  of the  corporation  shall  be paid or
          distributed  ratably to the holders of its Common Stock.  In the event
          of any  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding-up  of the  corporation,
          whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  after  payment or  provision  for
          payment of the debts and other  liabilities of the corporation and any
          amounts to which the  holders of any Serial  Preferred  Stock shall be
          entitled, as hereinafter  provided,  the holders of Common Stock shall
          be  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  the  remaining   assets  of  the
          corporation.

               B. Subject to the terms and  provisions  of this Article  Fourth,
          the Board of Directors is  authorized to provide from time to time for
          the issuance of shares of Serial  Preferred Stock in series and to fix
          and determine from time to time before  issuance the  designation  and
          relative rights and preferences of the shares of each series of Serial
          Preferred  Stock  and  the  restrictions  or  qualifications  thereof,
          including,  without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,  the
          following:

          (1)  The series designation and Authorized number of shares;

          (2)  The dividend  rate and the date or dates on which such  dividends
               will be payable;

          (3)  The amount or amounts to be  received by the holders in the event
               of voluntary or  involuntary  dissolution  or  liquidation of the
               corporation;

          (4)  The price or prices at which shares may be redeemed,  if any, and
               any terms, conditions, limitations upon such redemptions;

          (5)  The sinking fund  provisions,  if any, for redemption or purchase
               of shares; and

                                       -8-



<PAGE>


          (6)  The  terms  and  conditions,  if  any,  on  which  shares  may be
               converted at the  election of the holders  thereof into shares of
               other  capital  stock,  or of other  series of  Serial  Preferred
               Stock, of the corporation.

               C. The holders of the shares of Common Stock or Serial  Preferred
          Stock shall not be entitled to cumulative voting on any matter.

               D.  Upon  the  amendment  of  this  Article  Fourth  to  read  as
          hereinabove  set forth,  each three (3)  outstanding  shares of common
          stock is  reverse  split,  reconstituted  and  converted  into one (1)
          share. No fractional shares shall be issued.


                                  Article VIII

                                     CLOSING

     8.1. Closing Date. The consummation of the exchange shall take place at the
offices of White Dove Systems,  Inc. 6767 West Tropicana Avenue,  Suite 207, Las
Vegas,  Nevada 89103, on November 20, 1998, or such other time or place as shall
be mutually agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement.

     8.2.  Actions to be Taken by Parties on the  Closing  Date.  On the Closing
Date, each party shall deliver to the other all documents or agreements provided
or herein to be-delivered on the Closing Date.


                                   Article IX

                         INDEMNIFICATION AND ARBITRATION

     9.1.  Indemnification.  Each of the  parties  agree to  indemnify  and hold
harmless  the other  against  any and all  damages,  claims,  losses,  expenses,
obligations and liabilities  (including  reasonable  attorney's  fees) resulting
from or related  to any breach of, or failure by each of the  parties to perform
any of their representations, warranties, covenants, conditions or agreements in
this  Agreement  or in any  schedule,  certificate,  exhibit  or other  document
furnished, or to be furnished under this Agreement.

     9.2. Claims of Indemnification.  Any claim for indemnification  pursuant to
this Agreement,  unless otherwise  received by means of direct negotiation among
the  parties  upon   reasonable   oral   notification   by  the  party   seeking
indemnification to all other parties, shall be made by writing of the nature and
amount of the claim to the other.

                                      -9-


<PAGE>


                                    Article X

                               PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     10. 1. Expenses. Each party shall bear its own expenses.


                                   Article XI

                   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     11.1. Survival.  All statements contained in any schedules,  any exhibit or
other  instrument  delivered by or on behalf of any party or in connection  with
the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  shall  be  deemed  to  be
representations  made by or on  behalf of the  parties  to this  Agreement,  all
representations, warranties and agreements made by the parties to this Agreement
or pursuant hereto shall survive.


                                   Article XII

                                     GENERAL

     12.1. Partial Invalidity. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the
application  thereof to any person or  circumstances  shall,  to any extent,  be
invalid or unenforceable,  the remainder of this Agreement or the application of
such term or provision to persons or circumstances  other than those to which it
is held invalid or unenforceable,  shall not be affected thereby,  and each such
term and  provision  of this  Agreement  shall be valid and be  enforced  to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

     12.2.  Waiver.  No waiver of any breach of any covenant or provision herein
contained  shall be deemed a waiver  of any pre-  ceding  or  succeeding  breach
thereof, or of any other covenant or provision herein contained. No extension of
time for  performance  of any obligation or act shall be deemed and extension of
the time for performance of any other obligation or act.

     12.3. Notices.  All notices or other  communications  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing,  and shall be sent by  registered  or  certified
mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  and shall be deemed received
upon mailing thereof.

      To:         White Dove Systems, Inc.
                  Shareholders
                  c/o InterFoods Consolidated, Inc.
                  16133 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 635
                  Encino, California 91436

                  InterFoods Consolidated, Inc.
                  16133 Ventura Boulevard, Suite 635
                  Encino, California 91436

                                      -10-


<PAGE>


     Notice of change of address shall be given by written  notice in the manner
detailed in this subparagraph 12.3.

     12.4.  Successors  and Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and
shall  inure to the  benefit  of the  permitted  successors  and  assigns of the
parties hereto.

     12.5. Professional Fees. in the event of the bringing of any action or suit
by a party hereto against another party hereunder by reason of any breach of any
of the  covenants,  agreements  or  provisions  on the part of the  other  party
arising out of this Agreement,  then in that event the prevailing party shall be
entitled to have and recover of and from the other party all costs and  expenses
of the action or suit,  including actual  attorney's fees,  accounting fees, and
other professional fees resulting therefrom.

     12.6.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement is the final  expression of, and
contains the entire agreement  between,  the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings with respect thereto. This
Agreement may not be modified, changed,  supplemented or terminated, nor may any
obligations  hereunder  be waived,  except by written  instrument  signed by the
party to be charged or by his agent duly  authorized  in writing or as otherwise
expressly  permitted  herein.  The  parties do not intend to confer any  benefit
hereunder on any person, firm or corporation other than the parties hereto.

     12.7. Time of Essence.  The parties hereby  acknowledge and agree that time
is  strictly  of the essence  with  respect to each and every  term,  condition,
obligation  and provision  hereof and that failure to timely  perform any of the
terms,  conditions,  obligations  or  provisions  hereof by either  party  shall
constitute a material  breach of and  non-curable  (but waivable)  default under
this Agreement by the party so failing to perform.

     12-8.  Construction.  Headings  at the  beginning  of  each  paragraph  and
subparagraph are solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of
the Agreement.  Whenever required by the context of this Agreement, the singular
shall  include the plural and the masculine  shall  include the  feminine.  This
Agreement  shall  not be  construed  as if it had  been  prepared  by one of the
parties,  but rather as if both parties had prepared the same.  Unless otherwise
indicated, all references to paragraphs and subparagraphs are to this Agreement.
In the event the date on which any party is  required  to take any action  under
the terms of this  Agreement is not a business day, the action shall be taken on
the next succeeding day.

     12.9.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  one  or  more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together
shall constitute one instrument.

                                      -11-


<PAGE>




     12.10.  Governing  Law.  The  parties  hereto  expressly  agree  that  this
Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date hereof.

                                         INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

                                         By: /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas
                                         -----------------------------------



                                         WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC

                                         By: /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas


                                         -----------------------------------
                                         FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS

                                         -----------------------------------
                                         EDWARD C. REYES

                                         -----------------------------------
                                         CHRISTOPHER P. TSENG

                                         -----------------------------------
                                         EILEEN LEE

                                         -----------------------------------
                                         EMMANUEL CORPUS

                                         -----------------------------------
                                         RENATO A. LITTAUA

                                      -12 -



<PAGE>


                                          -----------------------------------
                                          ROSE FAJARDO

                                          -----------------------------------
                                          SOCORRO P. GIL

                                          -----------------------------------
                                          GLENN H. PEREZ


                                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

                                          By: ____________________________


   InterFood:Plan.Reorganization
                                      -13-



                                                                     Exhibit 2.2


                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION



     This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION  (hereinafter  referred to as the
"Agreement")  is entered into as of this 27th day of July,  1999, by and between
SITESTAR CORPORATION (hereinafter referred to as "SCOR"),  FRANKLIN CHRISTOPHER,
RICHARD  RASCHKE,   VANCE  STONE,   HAROLD   SOUTHWELL  and  WILLIAM   McCRACKEN
(hereinafter  individually and collectively  referred to as  "Shareholder")  and
INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC. (hereinafter referred to as "IFCO").


                                   WITNESSETH


     WHEREAS,  SCOR is a Delaware corporation with 92,000 shares of common stock
issued and outstanding (hereinafter "SCOR Shares"); and

     WHEREAS,  IFCO is a Nevada  corporation  with  authorized  capital stock of
75,000,000 shares of Common Stock $.001 par value per share, of which 18,600,036
shares shall be issued and outstanding by July 27, 1999, and

     WHEREAS, Shareholder owns all of the issued and outstanding shares of stock
in SCOR; and,

     WHEREAS,  IFCO desires to purchase from  Shareholder  all of the issued and
outstanding  shares of SCOR owned by him in  exchange  for  3,491,428  shares of
common stock ("Stock"); and

     WHEREAS,  it is the  intention of  Shareholder  to exchange the SCOR Shares
held by him for stock of IFCO, on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

     WHEREAS,  it is the  intention  of  IFCO,  SCOR  and  Shareholder  that the
transactions  contemplated  hereby  constitute  a tax-free  "reorganization"  as
defined in Section  268 (a) (1) (B) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended  ("B  Reorganization")  and that all the  terms and  provisions  of this
Agreement be interpreted, construed and enforced to effectuate this intent.

     NOW THEREFORE in consideration  of the foregoing and the mutual  covenants,
promises,  representations  and warranties  contained herein, the parties hereto
agree as follows: ARTICLE 1

                                    EXCHANGE

     1.1.  Exchange of Stock of SCOR. At the Closing Date (as defined in Article
VIII hereof), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable
law,  shareholder shall transfer and IFCO shall acquire all of the stock of SCOR
shares owned by Shareholder.

                                      -1-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  CONSIDERATION

     2.1. Exchange. Shareholder and IFCO agree that all of the SCOR Shares
owned by Shareholder  shall be exchanged with IFCO for 3,491,428 shares of Stock
of IFCO.  Such Stocks  shall be issued in  Certificates  of such  denominations,
amounts and names as may be requested by Shareholder.

     2.2.  Investment Intent and Delivery.  Shareholder  represents and warrants
that he is acquiring said Stock for investment purposes only and not with a view
towards resale or  redistribution.  Shareholder agrees to deliver to IFCO on the
Closing  Date,  a letter  setting  forth an  agreement  that said Stock is being
acquired for investment  purposes only and will not be sold except in compliance
with the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  and the Rules and  Regulations
promulgated thereunder. At said closing, IFCO shall deliver certificates for the
SCOR Shares, duly endorsed in negotiable form, with signatures guaranteed,  free
and clear from all claims and encumbrances.


                                   ARTICLE III

                     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF IFCO

     IFCO represents the warrants to Shareholder as follows:

     3.1.  Organization.  IFCO  is  a  corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly
existing  and in good  standing  under the laws of the State of Nevada,  has the
corporate  power and  authority to own or lease its  properties  and to carry on
business as now being conducted.

     3.2. Capitalization. As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of
IFCO consists of 75,000,000  shares of capital stock, of which 18,600,036 shares
shall be issued  and  outstanding  by July 27,  1999.  All said  stock  shall be
validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.  As of the Closing
Date,  there will be no shares of common stock subject to unexpired  exercisable
options.

     3.3.  Financial  Statements.  IFCO has furnished to  Shareholder  financial
statements as of June 30, 1999.  Said financial  statements  contain the balance
sheet and income statement of IFCO. All of said financial statements, (I) are in
accordance  with IFCO's books and records,  (ii)  present  fairly and  financial
position of IFCO as of such dates,  and its results of operations and changes in
financial  position  for the  respective  periods  indicated,  (iii)  have  been
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles applied on
a consistent  basis, and (iv) consistent with prior business  practice,  contain
adequate  reserves for all known or contingent  liabilities,  losses and refunds
with respect to services or products already rendered or sold.

     3.4.  Contracts.  Prior to the Closing Date,  IFCO will furnish SCOR with a
true and complete list and  description of all contracts by and between IFCO and
with others. Each of the agreements,  contracts,  commitments, leases, plans and
other  instruments,  documents  and  undertakings  to be  supplied  is valid and
enforceable in accordance  with its terms except as the  enforceability  thereof
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally, and by equitable principles.  IFCO is not in default of the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any material obligations, covenant or

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

condition contained therein; and no event has occurred which with or without the
giving  of  notice  or lapse  of  time,  or both,  would  constitute  a  default
thereunder;  furthermore,  except as may be  disclosed in writing at the time of
delivery,  no  such  agreement,  contract,  commitment,  lease,  plan  or  other
instrument, document or undertaking, in the reasonable opinion of IFCO, contains
any contractual requirement with which there is a likelihood IFCO will be unable
to comply.

     3.5.  Registration Rights. No shareholder of IFCO has any demands or "piggy
back"  registration  rights with regards to the outstanding shares or options of
IFCO.

     3.6.  Authorization.  IFCO has the power to enter into this Agreement,  and
this Agreement,  when duly executed and delivered, will constitute the valid and
binding obligation of IFCO.

     3.7.  Effect of  Agreement.  The  execution  and  delivery  by IFCO of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, (I) will
not  conflict  with,  or result in a breach of the terms of, or  constitute  any
default  under  or  violation  of,  any law or  regulation  of any  governmental
authority,  or the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of IFCO, or any material
agreement or  instrument  to which IFCO is a party or by which it is bound or is
subject;  (ii) now will it give to others  any  interest  or  rights,  including
rights of termination,  acceleration or cancellation,  in or with respect to any
of the properties, assets, agreements, leases, or business of IFCO.

     3.8.  Minute Book. The records of meetings and other  corporate  actions of
shareholders and the Boards of Directors (including any committees of the Board)
of IFCO which are  contained in the Minute  Books of IFCO  contain  complete and
accurate records of all corporate actions are reflected in such minutes.

     3.9.  Litigation;  Claims.  IFCO is not a party and  there  are no  claims,
actions,  suits,  investigations or proceedings  pending,  threatened against or
affecting  IFCO  or its  business,  at law or in  equity,  or  before  or by any
governmental department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,
domestic or foreign,  which if determined adversely would have a material effect
on the  business or financial  condition of IFCO or the ability of  transactions
herein  contemplated will not conflict with or result in the breach or violation
of any judgement, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental
department,  commission,  board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign.

     3.10.  Taxes and  Reports.  Prior to the Closing  Date,  IFCO (I) will have
filed all tax  returns  required  to be filed by any  jurisdiction,  domestic or
foreign, to which it is or has been subject, (ii) has paid in full all taxes due
and taxes claimed to be due by each jurisdiction, and any interest and penalties
with respect thereto,  and (iii) have adequately reflected as liabilities on its
books,  all taxes that have accrued for any period to and including  January 31,
1994.

     3.11. Compliance with Laws and Regulations.  IFCO has complied with, and is
not in violation of any federal,  state, local or foreign statute,  law, rule or
regulation with respect to the conduct of its businesses,  which violation might
have a material adverse effect on the business,  financial condition or earnings
of IFCO.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     3.12. Finders.  IFCO is not obligated,  absolutely or contingently,  to any
person for financial  advice,  a finder's fee,  brokerage  commission,  or other
similar  payment  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

     3.13. Nature of Representations. No representations,  warranty or agreement
made by IFCO in this Agreement and no statement or disclosure  furnished by IFCO
in  connection  with the  transactions  herein  contemplated  contains,  or will
contain,  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  any
statement, representation, warranty or agreement not misleading.




                                   ARTICLE IV

             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SCOR AND SHAREHOLDER

     SCOR and  Shareholder,  and each of them,  represent and warrant to IFCO as
follows:

     4.1. Organization.  SCOR is a corporation duly organized,  validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware,  has the corporate
power and authority to own or lease its  properties  and to carry on business as
now being conducted.

     4.2.  Capitalization.  The authorized capital stock of SCOR consists of one
class of common stock, 92,000 shares authorized, of which 92,000 are outstanding
Shares are validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable.  All of
the issued and outstanding shares are owned by Shareholder.

     4.3.  Authority.  SCOR and Shareholder have the full power and authority to
enter into this agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder. Other than
approval by the Board of Directors, no proceedings on the part of Shareholder is
necessary to authorize this Agreement or the transactions completed hereby. This
Agreement  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of SCOR and
Shareholder enforceable in accordance with its terms.

     4.4. Financial  Statements.  SCOR and Shareholder had furnished to IFCO its
business  plan and  current  financial  statements.  Said  financial  statements
contain the balance sheet and income  statement of SCOR.  All of said  financial
statements,  (I) are in  accordance  with SCOR books and  records,  (ii) present
fairly the  financial  position  of SCOR as of such  dates,  and its  results of
operations  and  changes  in  financial  position  for  the  respective  periods
indicated,  (iii) have been  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis, and (iv) consistent with
prior business  practice,  contain adequate reserves for all known or contingent
liabilities,  losses and refunds  with  respect to services or products  already
rendered or sold.

     4.5.  Contracts.  Prior to the Closing Date,  SCOR will furnish IFCO with a
true and complete list and  description of all contracts by and between SCOR and
with others. Each of the agreements,  contracts,  commitments, leases, plans and
other  instruments,  documents  and  undertakings  to be  supplied  is valid and
enforceable in accordance  with its terms except as the  enforceability  thereof

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally, and by equitable principles.  SCOR is not in default of the
performance,  observance or fulfillment of any material obligations, covenant or
condition contained therein; and no event has occurred which with or without the
giving  of  notice  or lapse  of  time,  or both,  would  constitute  a  default
thereunder;  furthermore,  except as may be  disclosed in writing at the time of
delivery,  no  such  agreement,  contract,  commitment,  lease,  plan  or  other
instrument, document or undertaking, in the reasonable opinion of SCOR, contains
any contractual requirement with which there is a likelihood SCOR will be unable
to comply.

     4.6.  Competition.  Except as set forth in the  contracts  described in 4.5
above,  neither SCOR, nor any officer or director or Shareholder of SCOR has any
material  direct or  indirect  financial  or  economic  interest  in any related
industry entity or in any competition or customer of SCOR.

     4.7.  Effect of  Agreement.  The  execution  and  delivery  by SCOR of this
Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated, (i) will
not  conflict  with,  or result in a breach of the terms of, or  constitute  and
default  under  or  violation  of,  any law or  regulation  of any  governmental
authority,  or the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of SCOR, or any material
agreement or  instrument  to which SCOR is a party or by which it is bound or is
subject;  (ii) nor will it give to rise to any  interests  or rights,  including
rights of termination,  acceleration or cancellation,  in or with respect to any
of the properties, assets, agreements, leases, or business of SCOR.

     4.8. Properties. All of the property, assets and equipment owned by or used
by  SCOR is in good  repair,  well  maintained,  and in  good  and  satisfactory
operating  condition  consistent  with their age,  free from any known  defects,
except such minor defects as do not  substantially  interfere with the continued
use thereof in the conduct of normal operations and such property,  assets,  and
equipment  which is owned by SCOR is valued  on the  Balance  Sheet at  original
purchase price less reasonable  depreciation  consistently applied in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles.

     4.9.  Minutes Book. The record of meetings and other  corporate  actions of
Shareholder  and the Board of Directors  (including any committees of the Board)
of SCOR which are  contained in the Minute  Books of SCOR  contain  complete and
accurate records of the matters reflected in such minutes.

     4.10.  Litigation;  Claims.  SCOR is not a party and  there are no  claims,
actions, suits,  investigations or proceedings pending,  threatened against SCOR
or  its  business,  at law  or in  equity,  or  before  or by  any  governmental
department,  commission, board, bureau, agency, or instrumentality,  domestic or
foreign,  which is  determined  adversely  would have a  material  effect on the
business or  financial  condition of SCOR or the ability of SCOR to carry on its
business.  The consummation of the  transactions  herein  contemplated  will not
conflict  with or result in the breach or  violation  of any  judgement,  order,
writ, injunction or decree of any court or governmental department,  commission,
board, bureau, agency or instrumentality,  domestic or foreign.

     4.11. Taxes and Reports.  At the Closing Date, SCOR (i) will have filed all
tax returns required to be filed by any  jurisdiction,  domestic or foreign,  to
which it is or has been  subject,  (ii) has paid in full all taxes due and taxes
claimed to be due by each  jurisdiction,  and any  interest and  penalties  with
respect thereto, and (iii) has adequately reflected as liabilities on its books,
all taxes that have accrued for any period to and including the Closing Date.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     4.12.  Compliance  with Laws and  Regulations.  SCOR and  Shareholder  have
complied with, and is not in violation of any federal,  state,  local or foreign
statute,  law, rule or regulation with respect to the conduct of its businesses,
which violation might have a material adverse effect on the business,  financial
condition or earnings of SCOR.

     4.13. Finders.  SCOR is not obligated,  absolutely or contingently,  to any
person for financial  advice,  a finder's fee,  brokerage  commission,  or other
similar  payment  in  connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement.

     4.14. Nature of Representations.  No representation,  warranty or agreement
made by SCOR in this  Agreement  and no  statement  or  disclosure  furnished by
Shareholder in connection with the transactions herein contemplated contains, or
will  contain,  any untrue  statement of a material  fact  necessary to make any
statement, representation, warranty or agreement not misleading.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              ACCESS TO INFORMATION

     5.1.   Access  to   Information.   SCOR  and   Shareholder   shall   afford
representatives   of  IFCO  reasonable  access  to  officers,   personnel,   and
professional representatives of SCOR and such of the financial,  contractual and
corporate  records  of  SCOR  as  shall  be  reasonably   necessary  for  IFCO's
investigations and appraisals of SCOR.

     5.2. Effect of Investigations. Any such investigation by IFCO of SCOR shall
not affect any of the representations and warranties  hereunder and shall not be
conducted in such manner as to interfere  unreasonably with the operation of the
business of SCOR.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF IFCO

     The  obligations  of IFCO under this  Agreement are, at the option of IFCO,
subject to the satisfaction,  at and prior to the Closing Date, of the following
conditions:

     6.1. Fulfillment of Covenants.  All the terms,  covenants and conditions of
this  Agreement  to be  complied  with and  performed  by SCOR at or before  the
Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed.

     6.2. Accuracy of Representations  and Warranties;  Other Documents.  All of
the  representations  and warranties made by all parties to this Agreement shall
be true as of the Closing Date.

     6.3. No Litigation. There shall be no action, proceeding,  investigation or
pending  or  actual  litigation  to  purpose  of which is to enjoin or may be to
enjoin the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or which would have the
effect, if successful, of imposing a material liability upon IFCO, or any of the
officers or directors thereof,  because of this consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VII

                    CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF SHAREHOLDER

     The  obligations of Shareholder  under this Agreement are, at the option of
Shareholder,  subject to the satisfaction,  at and prior to the Closing Date, of
the following conditions:

     7.1. Fulfillment of Covenants.  All the terms,  covenants and conditions of
this  Agreement  to be  complied  with and  performed  by IFCO at or before  the
Closing Date shall have been duly complied with and performed.

     7.2. Accuracy of Representations  and Warranties;  Other Documents.  All of
the  representations  and warranties made by all parties to this Agreement shall
be true as of the Closing Date.

     7.3. No Litigation. There shall be no action, proceeding,  investigation or
pending  or actual  litigation  the  purpose  of which is to enjoin or may be to
enjoin the  transactions  contemplated by this Agreement or which would have the
effect, if successful, of imposing a material liability upon SCOR, or any of the
officers or directors  thereof,  because of the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                     CLOSING

     8.1. Closing Date. The consummation of the exchange shall take place at the
offices of Interfoods  Consolidated,  Inc. 16133 Ventura  Boulevard,  Suite 635,
Encino,  California 91436 on July 27, 1999, or such other time or place as shall
be mutually agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement.

     8.2.  Actions to be Taken by Parties on the  Closing  Date.  On the Closing
Date, each party shall deliver to the other all documents or agreements provided
or herein to be delivered on the Closing Date.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                         INDEMNIFICATION AND ARBITRATION

     9.1.  Indemnification.  Each of the  parties  agree to  indemnify  and hold
harmless  the  other  against  any  all  damages,   claims,  losses,   expenses,
obligations and liabilities  (including  reasonable  attorney's  fees) resulting
from or related  to any breach of, or failure by each of the  parties to perform
any of their representations, warranties, covenants, conditions or agreements in
this  Agreement  or in any  schedule,  certificate,  exhibit  or other  document
furnished, or to be furnished under this Agreement.

     9.2. Claims of Indemnification.  Any claim for indemnification  pursuant to
this Agreement,  unless otherwise  received by means of direct negotiation among
the  parties  upon   reasonable   oral   notification   by  the  party   seeking
indemnification to all other parties, shall be made by writing of the nature and
amount of the claim to the other.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                               PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     10.1. Expenses. Each party shall bear its own expenses.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                   SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     11.1. Survival.  All statements contained in any schedules,  any exhibit or
other  instrument  delivered by or on behalf of any party or in connection  with
the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement,  shall  be  deemed  to  be
representations  made by or on  behalf of the  parties  to this  Agreement,  all
representations, warranties and agreements made by the parties to this Agreement
or pursuant hereto shall survive.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                     GENERAL

     12.1. Partial Invalidity. If any term or provision of this Agreement or the
application  thereof to any person or  circumstances  shall,  to any extent,  be
valid or  unenforceable,  the remainder of this Agreement or the  application of
such term or provision to persons or circumstances  other than those to which it
is held invalid or unenforceable,  shall not be affected thereby,  and each such
term and  provision  of this  Agreement  shall be valid and be  enforced  to the
fullest extent permitted by law.

     12.2.  Waiver.  No waiver of any breach of any covenant or provision herein
contained  shall be  deemed a  waiver  of any  preceding  or  succeeding  breach
thereof, or of any other covenant or provision herein contained. No extension of
time for  performance  of any obligation or act shall be deemed and extension of
the time for performance of any other obligation or act.

     12.3. Notices.  All notices or other  communications  required or permitted
hereunder  shall be in writing,  and shall be sent by  registered  or  certified
mail, postage prepaid,  return receipt  requested,  and shall de deemed received
upon mailing thereof.

                  To:      Interfoods Consolidated, Inc.
                           16133 Ventura Boulevard
                           Suite 635
                           Encino, California  91436

                           Sitestar Corporation
                           Shareholders
                           326 First Street
                           Suite 26
                           Annapolis, Maryland  21403

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

     Notice of change of address shall be given by written  notice in the manner
detailed in this subparagraph 12.3.

     12.4.  Successors  and Assigns.  This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and
shall  inure to the  benefit  of the  permitted  successors  and  assigns of the
parties hereto.

     12.5. Professional Fees. In the event of the bringing of any action or suit
by a party hereto against another party hereunder by reason of any breach of any
of the  covenants,  agreements  or  provisions  on the part of the  other  party
arising out of this Agreement,  then in that event the prevailing party shall be
entitled to have and recover of and from the other party all costs and  expenses
of the action or suit,  including actual  attorney's fees,  accounting fees, and
other professional fees resulting therefrom.

     12.6.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement is the final  expression of, and
contains the entire agreement  between,  the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings with respect thereto. This
Agreement may not be modified, changed,  supplemented or terminated, nor may any
obligations  hereunder  be waived,  except by written  instrument  signed by the
party to be charged or by his agent duly  authorized  in writing or as otherwise
expressly  permitted  herein.  The  parties do not intend to confer any  benefit
hereunder on any person, firm or corporation other than the parties hereto.

     12.7. Time of Essence.  The parties hereby  acknowledge and agree that time
is  strictly  of the essence  with  respect to each and every  term,  condition,
obligation  and provision  hereof and that failure to timely  perform any of the
terms,  conditions,  obligations  or  provisions  hereof by either  party  shall
constitute a material  breach of and  non-curable  (but waivable)  default under
this Agreement by the party so failing to perform.

     12.8.  Construction.  Headings  at the  beginning  of  each  paragraph  and
subparagraph are solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of
the Agreement.  Whenever required by the context of this Agreement, the singular
shall  include the plural and the masculine  shall  include the  feminine.  This
Agreement  shall  not be  construed  as if it  had  been  prepared  by on of the
parties,  but rather as if both parties had prepared the same.  Unless otherwise
indicated, all references to paragraphs and subparagraphs are to this Agreement.
In the event the date on which any of the party is  required  to take any action
under the terms of this  Agreement  is not a business  day,  the action shall be
taken on the next succeeding day.

     12.9.  Counterparts.   This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  on  or  more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together
shall constitute on instrument.

     12.10.  Governing  Law.  The  parties  hereto  expressly  agree  that  this
Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in
accordance with the laws of the State of California.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date hereof.

                                                          SITESTAR CORPORATION

                                                   /s/ Clinton J. Sallee
                                               By:____________________________
                                                           President


                                                 INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

                                              /s/ Frederick Manlunus
                                          By:_________________________________
                                                Chief Executive Officer



                                                   /s/ Franklin Christopher
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                       Franklin Christopher

                                                   /s/ Richard Raschke
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                       Richard Raschke

                                                   /s/ Vance Stone
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                       Vance Stone

                                                   /s/ Harold Southwell
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                       Harold Southwell

                                                   /s/ William McCracken
                                                   ---------------------------
                                                       William McCracken



                                                    /s/ Clinton J. Sallee
                                                By:___________________________

                                                    Sitestar Corporation


                                       10



                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.3

                        ASSET SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT, is made and entered into this 30th day of September, 1999,
by and between SITESTAR  CORPORATION,  a Nevada corporation,  hereinafter called
"Seller" or the "Company" and IFCO GROUP, a California partnership,  hereinafter
called "Purchaser."

      Purchaser  hereby  agrees to purchase and the Seller agrees to sell all of
the assets presently used in the operation of the Company's business,  including
but  not  limited  to  the  business   name  "HOLLAND   AMERICAN   INTERNATIONAL
SPECIALTIES";  telephone number(s) and fax number(s);  Seller's office furniture
and  equipment;  all vehicles and  operating  equipment;  telephone  number (s);
telephone equipment;  computers and software; supplies;  inventories;  licenses;
work in progress;  and all other items used in the  operation of the business in
its  present  form,  historic  and  present  customer  and  vendor  records  and
relationships;  customer and vendor  contracts and agreements,  goodwill and all
other assets used in the  operation of the  business  known as HOLLAND  AMERICAN
INTERNATIONAL  SPECIALTIES,  located at 10343 E. Artesia Blvd.,  Bellflower,  CA
90706 (a non-exclusive list of such assets is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and
by reference incorporated herein).

      Purchaser is to receive all of the business assets other than cash or cash
equivalents, all as more fully described on Exhibit "B" which is attached hereto
and by reference  incorporated  herein,  and Purchaser is to assume no debts and
/or liabilities of the Company.

1.   PURCHASE  PRICE The total  purchase  price of  $900,000.00  is  payable  as
     follows:

        a.           $ 200,000.00     Amount   equivalent   for   the   cost  of
                                      Sitestar,  Inc.  with the "Public"  status
                                      of Sitestar  Corporation (f/k/a Interfoods
                                      Consolidated, Inc.).



                                       1


<PAGE>


        b.            $654,000.00     The  Assumption  of all  trade,  short and
                                      long term liabilities as of July 31, 1999.

        c.             $46,000.00     Balance  of  purchase  price to be paid to
                                      Seller  pursuant  to terms  of  promissory
                                      note in said amount,  in the form attached
                                      hereto  as  Exhibit  "C" and by  reference
                                      incorporated  herein,  payable in four (3)
                                      annual  installments  of  $15,333.00  each
                                      plus  accrued  interest or more  including
                                      interest at eight  percent (8%) per annum,
                                      accruing from close of acquisition,  until
                                      paid in full.

                      $900,000.00     Total Purchase Price.


2.   PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT/COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

     (a)  PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT. The purchase price of Nine Hundred Thousand
          and /100  Dollars  ($900,000.00)  described  above  is based  upon the
          company's  aggregate  assets (current  assets plus fixed assets,  plus
          inventory less prepaid taxes,  less all cash and cash  equivalents) at
          closing  being not less  than the  company's  aggregate  assets on the
          balance  sheet dated  September  30, 1999, a copy of which is attached
          hereto as Exhibit "B" and by  reference  incorporated  herein.  In the
          event the current  aggregate  assets at the closing are different than
          as stated on the September 30, 1999 balance sheet,  the purchase price
          shall be subject to adjustment accordingly.

     (b)  EMPLOYEE  BENEFITS.  Seller and Purchaser have further agreed that the
          Seller will  assume 100%  responsibility  for all  obligations  to all
          personnel of the business for all matters related to accrued  vacation
          and sick leave  incurred by the business prior to the date of closing.
          Attached  hereto as Exhibit "H",  Purchaser  and Seller have agreed to
          the amounts to which Seller is obligated to employees  and this amount
          will be paid to the  employees  by Seller prior to the Date of Closing
          (outside  of escrow) , or will be given as a credit to  Purchaser  and
          debit Seller, whereupon Purchaser shall assume all such obligations to
          said employees.

3.   SECURITY. All of the Purchaser's obligations under this Agreement including
     the Promissory Note and the  Non-Compete  Agreement shall be secured by two
     (2) Security Agreements in form attached hereto as Exhibits "D" and "E" and
     by reference incorporated herein,  covering the assets being purchased as a
     part of this  transaction,  including its leasehold  interest,  approximate
     $500,000.00 inventory, of Holland American International Specialties,  Inc.
     and corporate  guarantees of Purchaser.  If Purchaser is in material breach
     of any of the terms,  conditions  covenants or  obligations to be performed
     under any of said instruments or under the underlying  Lease,  Seller shall
     provide  written notice to Purchaser,  and Purchaser shall have thirty (30)
     days from the date of such written notice to cure the material breach. If,

                                       2
<PAGE>

     at the  expiration  of such thirty (30) day period the material  breach has
     not been cured,  Purchaser  shall be in default of such terms,  conditions,
     covenants or obligations.  In the event that Purchaser is in default of any
     of the terms,  conditions,  covenants or obligations to be performed  under
     any of said instruments or under the underlying  lease,  said default shall
     constitute a default under all of said instruments. In such event Seller is
     authorized,  at its sole option, to exercise any and all remedies available
     to it at law or at  equity,  as well as by the  terms of any or all of said
     instruments or the Lease.

4.   INVENTORY  All  inventory  used in this  business is to be  transferred  to
     Purchaser at close of escrow, see Exhibit "L".

5.   AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE.  Seller and Selling  Shareholders,  individually,
     agree that they will not  engage,  either  directly or  indirectly,  in any
     business whose products or activities  compete in whole or in part with the
     products or activities of Purchaser within the states of Washington  and/or
     Oregon  for a period of three  (3) years  after  cessation  of the  Selling
     Shareholder's  employment with the Purchaser all as more fully described in
     the Non-Compete  Agreement  attached hereto as Exhibit "F" and by reference
     incorporated herein.

6.   TRAINING, TRANSITION AND CONSULTING.  Transition training services shall be
     provided  over a period of three (3) months from the Date of Closing of the
     transaction at no cost to Purchaser.

     After  expiration of the  transition  training by Seller,  if so desired by
     both  parties,  then  Seller and  Purchaser  may enter  into a longer  term
     possible  employment  contract under such terms as the parties may mutually
     agree.

7.   SELLER AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Seller and
     Selling Shareholders hereby represent and warrant to Purchaser as follows:

          (a)  Organization.  That Seller is a  corporation  duly  organized and
          validly  existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and is in good
          standing.

          (b) Authorization.  That the execution,  delivery,  and performance of
          this Agreement by Seller has been duly and  effectively  authorized by
          Seller's Board of Directors and Shareholders.

          (c)  Binding  Obligation.  That the officer Of Seller  executing  this
          Agreement on its behalf is duly authorized to do so and to deliver the
          same on behalf of Seller, and that this Agreement  constitutes a valid
          and  binding   obligation  of  Seller  and  Selling   Shareholders  in
          accordance with its terms.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          (d) Business  operations.  That Seller has not materially  altered the
          conduct of its business, and has not taken any action; made any sales,
          loans, or liquidation outside the ordinary course of business; altered
          any business or  accounting  practices;  changed  business  hours;  or
          entered  into any  unusual  transactions  that are  likely to have any
          adverse  affect  on the  value  of the  business  from the time of the
          mutually agreed upon letter of intent up through the date of closing.

          (e)  Title.  That  Seller is the true and  lawful  owner of all of the
          assets and inventory of the business,  including,  without limitation,
          those  listed on  Exhibit  "A,"  free and clear of all title  defects,
          security interests, claims, liens or encumbrances and that such assets
          and  inventory  are not subject to any  agreement for their sale to or
          use by any third party.

          (f)  Condition.  At  Closing,  to Seller's  and Selling  Shareholders'
          actual  knowledge,  the leased premises,  equipment and other tangible
          assets of Seller are in good operating  condition and repair.  subject
          to ordinary wear and tear, are adequate for the uses to which they are
          being  put,  and to the best of  Seller's  and  Selling  Shareholders'
          knowledge  are  not in need  of  maintenance  or  repairs  except  for
          ordinary, routine maintenance and repairs.

          (g) Supplies and Sample  Materials.  Prior to Closing,  Purchaser will
          review and agree in writing with Seller as to  quantities  of supplies
          and materials that are transferred.

          (h) Taxes. Seller shall pay and shall hold Purchaser harmless from all
          taxes due to any  governmental  body from activities prior to Closing.
          Seller has in a timely  manner filed all federal,  state and local tax
          returns  relating to the assets or the  business,  including,  but not
          limited to,  those taxes with  respect to income,  property,  worker's
          compensation,  Medicaid  and  unemployment,  and has paid  all  taxes,
          penalties and interest on said returns or arising therefrom.

          (i)  Compensation  and Benefits.  Attached hereto as Exhibit "H" is an
          accurate  list and  description  of all employee  compensation  rates,
          accrued  vacation  time,  sick leave and retirement  benefits,  bonus,
          profit sharing,  retirement,  stock purchase, stock option, insurance,
          hospitalization,  or other  benefit  plans or  programs  for  Seller's
          employees in the business,  and a statement of their obligations under
          such programs.

          (j) Labor. Seller is not a party to any labor agreement with any labor
          organization.  Seller has experienced no attempt by organized labor to
          conform to labor demands in any manner. To its best knowledge,  Seller
          is in compliance with all applicable laws respecting employment and is
          not engaged in any unfair labor practice.

          (k) Default.  Seller is not in default  under any contract for work or
          services  to be  performed.  There  has been no  unresolved  claim for
          negligence or breach of warranty or breach of contract  arising out of
          services delivered or installed, or services rendered by the business.

                                       4
<PAGE>

          (l)  Litigation.  There  is  no  pending  or  anticipated  litigation,
          proceeding,   investigation,   controversy,   judgment,  order,  writ,
          injunction   or  decree  which  would   jeopardize   the  business  or
          Purchaser's title to the assets being sold.

          (m) Compliance With Law and Other  Instruments.  Seller holds, and has
          at all times held, all material  licenses,  permits and authorizations
          necessary  for the lawful  conduct  of its  business  pursuant  to all
          applicable statutes,  laws,  ordinances,  rules and regulations of all
          federal,  state and local  governmental  agencies having  jurisdiction
          over it or over any part of its  operations or the Assets,  and Seller
          knows of no  violations  thereof.  The  execution and delivery of this
          Agreement and the compliance with the provisions hereof by Seller will
          not  conflict  with  or  result  in any  breach  of any of the  terms,
          conditions and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result
          in the  creation  of a lien,  charge  or  encumbrance  upon any of the
          assets or outstanding  capital stock of Seller pursuant to any charter
          documents,  indenture,  mortgage, lease, agreement or other instrument
          to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound.

          (n) Environmental. Seller has not: caused or permitted its business to
          generate,  manufacture,   refine,  transport,  treat,  store,  handle,
          dispose,  transfer,  produce or process any "hazardous  substances" or
          other  toxic  substances,  except in  compliance  with all  applicable
          federal, state and local laws or regulations.

          (o)  Material  Misstatements  or  Omissions.   No  representations  or
          warranties by Seller or Selling Shareholders in this Agreement nor any
          document,  statement,  certificate  or schedule  provided by seller or
          Selling  Shareholders,  contains  any untrue  statement  of a material
          fact. Seller and Selling  Shareholders have not withheld  knowledge of
          any  material  event,  condition  or  fact  which  they  know  or have
          reasonable grounds to believe may affect Seller's business.

          (p)  Sufficiency  of the  Assets.  The assets  sold  pursuant  to this
          Agreement  include  all  assets  necessary  to  the  operation  of the
          business.  Said  assets are  sufficient  to carry on the  business  as
          carried on by Seller prior to Closing.

          (q)  Terminability  Of Employees.  The  employment of all employees of
          Seller is terminable at will.  Seller will terminate the employment of
          all  employees  as of the  Closing  Date.  Purchaser  may,  but is not
          required to, employ one or more said  employees  following  Closing on
          terms to be determined by Purchaser and said employee(s).

                                       5
<PAGE>

          (r)  No  Violations.  Neither  this  Agreement  nor  the  transactions
          contemplated  herein  shall  cause  seller to be in  violation  of any
          order,  decree  or law,  or in  violation  of any  contract  or  other
          document by which Seller is or may be bound.

          (s)  Vendors  &  Suppliers.   At  closing,  to  Seller's  and  Selling
          Shareholders,  actual knowledge,  no notice has been received from any
          current vendors stating their  intentions to cease selling products to
          Seller on substantially the same terms and conditions as said products
          have been sold in the past.

          (t)  Current   Customers.   At  closing,   to  Seller's   and  Selling
          Shareholders,  actual knowledge,  no notice has been received from any
          current  customer  who  accounts  for more than 5% of the prior twelve
          (12) months revenue of the Seller that said customer no longer intends
          to purchase  products from Seller on substantially  the same terms and
          conditions  as said  customer  has  purchased  products  in the  past;
          provided however these warranties and representation do not pertain to
          customers whose business is obtained via public bids.

8.   PURCHASER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Purchaser represents and warrants
     to Seller as follows:

          (a)  That  Purchaser  is a  corporation  duly  organized  and  validly
          existing under the laws of the State of California.

          (b) That the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by
          Purchaser  has been duly and  effectively  authorized  by  Purchaser's
          Board of Directors.

          (c) That the officer of  Purchaser  executing  this  Agreement  on its
          behalf is duly  authorized  to do so and to deliver the same on behalf
          of Purchaser,  and that this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding
          obligation of Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

          (d) The  Purchaser  has had full  opportunity  to  review  any and all
          financial information from Seller, including financial statements, tax
          returns,  income and expense  information,  and all other  information
          related to the business that Purchaser  deems  important in evaluating
          this business.

          (e)  Financial  statements  and  any  other  financial  records  which
          Purchaser has provided to Seller are true and correct in every respect
          as of the dates thereof;  and that there have been no material changes
          in Seller's financial position since the dates thereof.

9.   SURVIVAL  0F  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  Seller's  and  Purchaser's
     representations and shall survive the closing of this transaction.

10.  AGENCY  DISCLOSURE.  At the signing of this  Agreement the  selling/listing
     agent and Acquisition  Services Group, Inc.  represented Seller. Each party
     signing this document confirms that prior oral and/or written disclosure of
     agency was provided to him/her in this transaction.

                                       6
<PAGE>

11.  LIABILITIES.  Purchaser  assumed only those  liabilities that are expressly
     set forth in the agreements  between the parties.  Seller  warrants that at
     Closing it will give a good,  clear and  marketable  title to  business  or
     business assets being sold; and that it has disclosed all known liabilities
     of any kind to the Purchaser  regardless of whether such liabilities affect
     title  to the  assets  and  expressly  agrees  to hold  Purchaser  free and
     harmless from any such liabilities. Seller agrees to furnish to Purchaser a
     copy of a Uniform  Commercial Code 11R showing no  encumbrances  except for
     those mentioned above.

12.  ATTORNEY'S  FEES -  Purchaser  and  Seller  agree  that in the event of any
     litigation,  between any of the  parties,  arising  out of the  transaction
     (whether  closed or not), is instituted,  the  prevailing  party or parties
     shall be entitled to recover from the other(s) their reasonable  attorney's
     fees and reasonable costs incurred (whether or not statutory).


13.  PRO-RATIONS.  The sales (use) tax on furniture and equipment  shall be paid
     by the Purchaser at settlement  through escrow and personal property taxes,
     other  taxes,  and  similar  expenses  shall he  prorated as of the date of
     transfer of ownership.

14.  SEVERABILITY.  Each paragraph,  section and/or  provision of this agreement
     shall be  considered  severable,  and if, for any  reason,  any  paragraph,
     section and/or provision herein is determined to be invalid and contrary to
     any  existing  or future  law or  regulation,  such  shall not  impair  the
     operation of or affect the remaining paragraphs, sections and/or provisions
     of this agreement.

15.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

AS   TO PURCHASER: By signing this agreement, Purchaser hereby acknowledges that
     Purchaser is relying solely on  Purchaser's  own inspection of the business
     and its  assets  and  representations  of seller  with  regard to the prior
     operating  history of the business and all other material facts relating to
     Purchaser's decision to purchase.

     AS TO SELLER:  Seller acknowledges no representations  were made concerning
     the  credit-worthiness or ability of Purchaser to complete this transaction
     and relies solely on Purchaser's representations.

16.  ALLOCATION OF VALUES SHALL BE:

          Vehicles:                          $_________
          Machinery & Equipment:             $_________
          Non-Competition Agreement:         $_________
          Goodwill:                          $_________
          Net Other Assets Transferred:      $_________
                                             ----------

                              TOTAL:    $900,000.00

                                       7
<PAGE>


17.  DATE OF CLOSING.  The Date of Closing of this transaction  shall be defined
     as September  30, 1999.  Purchaser is entitled to  possession on October 1,
     1999 at 12:01 a.m. At closing,  Purchaser  shall deposit all funds required
     to close this along with all executed original documents required by Seller
     to close this transaction.

18.  ASSET SALE AND  INDEMNIFICATIONS.  This is a purchase of certain  specified
     assets and the assumption of certain  specified  liabilities of seller,  as
     set forth elsewhere in this document and attached Exhibits.

          (a)  Seller  and  Selling  Shareholders  agree to  indemnify  and hold
          Purchaser  harmless with respect to any and all obligations and claims
          arising from the operation of the business,  including but not limited
          to taxes due (except as assumed),  wages payable, and accounts payable
          (except  as  assumed),  which  indebtedness  or  claims  arose or were
          incurred  prior to the date of possession  by Purchaser.  In the event
          Purchaser is required to satisfy any  obligation or claim arising from
          Seller's  operation of the business,  Purchaser may deduct said amount
          from the next  installment(s)  after a minimum fifteen (15) day notice
          to Seller  and-Seller  shall  thereafter  have a period of thirty (30)
          days  (or  such  greater  time  as may be  mutually  agreed  to by the
          parties)  to settle,  compromise  or  otherwise  resolve  said  claim.
          Provided, however, Purchaser's right of offset shall be cumulative and
          not an exclusive  remedy for any such default and Purchaser shall have
          any and all legal and equitable  remedies  available to it in addition
          to such  right of  offset.  It is  further  agreed  that said right of
          offset shall cover claims for a period of one (1) year  following  the
          close of escrow.

          (b)  Purchaser  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  Seller  harmless  with
          respect to any loss, liability, cost, expense, or claim arising out of
          Purchaser's  operation of the business after the date of possession by
          Purchaser.

19.  PREMISES LEASE.  Purchaser  acknowledges receipt of a valid Lease Agreement
     from the landlord for the  premises  occupied by the business  prior to the
     Date of Closing, which Lease Agreement is a condition of closing.

20.  EQUIPMENT LEASES. There are no leased items of personal property subject to
     leases with Seller.

21.  NOTICES.  Any  notice,  request,  or other  document to be given under this
     Agreement  after the date  hereof by any  party to any  other,  shall be in
     writing and shall be sent by hand delivery,  or by mail,  postage  prepaid,
     return  receipt  requested.  The  effective  date of mailed notice shall be
     deemed to be three (3) calendar days following mailing.

          PURCHASER:         IFCO Group
                             c/o Frederick Manlunas
                             10343 E. Artesia Blvd.
                             Bellflower, CA 90706

                                       8
<PAGE>

          SELLER:            Sitestar Corporation
                             C/O Clinton J. Sallee
                             16133 Ventura Blvd., Suite 635
                             Encino, CA 91436

25.  WAIVERS/EXTENSION.  The parties may, by written instrument, extend the time
     for the  performance  for any of the  obligations or other act of any other
     party  and  (a)  waive  any   inaccuracy   of  such  other   party  in  any
     representation or warranties  contained herein or in any document delivered
     pursuant to this Agreement;  (b) waive compliance with any of the covenants
     of such other parties' performance of any of the obligation set out in this
     Agreement.  Any waiver or extension hereunder shall not constitute a waiver
     or extension of any other provision of this Agreement.

26.  SUCCESSORS/ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding on the parties,  their
     successors, assigns and subsidiaries.

27.  REMEDIES  IN  EQUITY.  The  parties  agree  that  damages  at law may be an
     inadequate  remedy  for  breach or  threatened  breach of the terms of this
     Agreement and agree that the respective  rights and  obligations  hereunder
     shall  be  enforceable,  pending  ultimate  resolution  of any  dispute  by
     arbitration or appeals therefrom, by specific enforcement,  injunction,  or
     other equitable remedy, as well as at law.

28.  PERIODIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Purchaser hereby agrees to provide accurate
     and timely financial  statements on a quarterly basis to Seller  throughout
     the term of this  Agreement  so long as there is a balance due and owing to
     Seller under the Promissory  Note, the  Non-Compete  Agreements  and/or the
     Employment  Agreement (if any), and anticipating  breach provisions will be
     included.

29.  WORK  IN  PROCESS.  Work in  Progress  will be  memorialized  by  schedules
     supplied as of the closing of business on October 30, 1999, and attached as
     Exhibit "K".

30.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement together with its exhibits and attachments
     contains  the  entire  agreement  between  the Seller  and  Purchaser,  and
     supersedes or cancels any prior  agreements,  understandings or inducements
     relating to the transaction provided for herein.

31.  TRANSFER  DOCUMENTS.  At  closing,  Seller  shall  execute  and  deliver to
     Purchaser a Bill Of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "G".

32.  COOPERATION AND  ADJUSTMENTS.  The parties agree to take all steps,  and to
     execute all documents,  whether  before,  at or after  Closing,  reasonably
     necessary  or advisable to carry out this  Agreement  and the  transactions
     described  herein.  The parties recognize that there may be some overlooked
     or unclear.  technicalities  that need to be cleared up after Closing,  and
     they shall attempt to resolve those by mutual agreement.

                                       9
<PAGE>

33.  CROSS-DEFAULT. Since the obligations of the parties are interdependent, the
     parties  intend for such  obligations  to be  cross-secured.  Therefore,  a
     default by a party under this Agreement,  the Lease Agreement or any of the
     agreements  referenced  herein,  subject to the  provisions  of paragraph 3
     above,  shall be a default  under the others as well,  at the option of the
     non-defaulting party-

34.  ARBITRATION.   All  disputes   relating  to  this   Agreement   and/or  the
     relationship  of  the  parties  hereunder  shall  be  settled  and  finally
     determined  by  arbitration  in Vancouver  under the  American  Arbitration
     Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules with Expedited Procedures in
     effect on the date hereof.  There shall be one arbitrator,  who shall be an
     attorney with at least 15 years commercial law experience,  selected by the
     parties  as  follows:  each  party  shall  submit a list of three  proposed
     arbitrators  within  ten (10) days of the  arbitration  demand,  and if the
     parties do not select an arbitrator within five (5) days, then within three
     (3) days one  impartial  arbitrator  shall be  appointed  by the  Presiding
     Judge.  California law shall apply and arbitrator may award  attorneys fee.
     The judgment upon the award rendered in any such arbitration shall be final
     and  binding  upon the  parties,  and may be  entered  in any court  having
     jurisdiction thereof.

     SIGNED and DATED this 30th day of September, 1999.

     SELLER:                                  PURCHASER:

     Sitestar Corporation                     IFCO Group

          /s/ Clinton J. Sallee                   /s/ Frederick Manlunas
     By: _____________________                By: __________________________
     Clinton J. Sallee, President and CEO     Frederick Manlunas, President








                                       10


                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.4

                      ASSET SALE AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

      THIS AGREEMENT, is made and entered into this 30th day of September, 1999,
by and between SITESTAR  CORPORATION,  a Nevada corporation,  hereinafter called
"Seller" or the "Company" and IFCO GROUP, a California partnership,  hereinafter
called "Purchaser."

      Purchaser  hereby  agrees to purchase and the Seller agrees to sell all of
the assets presently used in the operation of the Company's business,  including
but not limited to the business  name " Sierra Madre  Foods,  Inc. ";  telephone
number(s)  and fax  number(s);  Seller's  office  furniture and  equipment;  all
vehicles and operating  equipment;  telephone number (s);  telephone  equipment;
computers and software; supplies;  inventories;  licenses; work in progress; and
all other items used in the  operation  of the  business  in its  present  form,
historic and present customer and vendor records and relationships; customer and
vendor  contracts  and  agreements,  goodwill  and all other  assets used in the
operation of the business  known Sierra Madre Foods,  Inc.,  located at 10343 E.
Artesia  Blvd.,  Bellflower,  CA 90706 (a  non-exclusive  list of such assets is
attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and by reference incorporated herein).

      Purchaser is to receive all of the business assets other than cash or cash
equivalents, all as more fully described on Exhibit "B" which is attached hereto
and by reference  incorporated  herein,  and Purchaser is to assume no debts and
/or liabilities of the Company.

1.      PURCHASE PRICE                The total  purchase  price of  $200,000.00
                                      is payable as follows:

        a.           $ 160,000.00     Assumption of $160,000 of debt related
                                      services.

                        40,000.00     Promissory  note, payable in three (3)
                                      annual  installments  of  $13,334.00  each
                                      plus  accrued  interest or more  including
                                      interest at eight  percent (8%) per annum,
                                      accruing from close of acquisition,  until
                                      paid in full.


                      $ 200,000.00     Total Purchase Price.





                                       1
<PAGE>


2.    PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT/COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

     (a) Purchase Price  Adjustment.  The purchase price of Two Hundred Thousand
     and  00/100  Dollars  ($200,000.00)  described  above  is  based  upon  the
     company's   aggregate  assets  (current  assets  plus  fixed  assets,  plus
     inventory  less  prepaid  taxes,  less all cash  and cash  equivalents)  at
     closing being not less than the company's  aggregate  assets on the balance
     sheet dated September 30, 1999, a copy of which is attach hereto as Exhibit
     "B"  and by  reference  incorporated  herein.  In  the  event  the  current
     aggregate  assets  at the  closing  are  different  than as  stated  on the
     September 30, 1999 balance  sheet,  the purchase  price shall be subject to
     adjustment accordingly.

     (b) Employee  Benefits.  Seller and Purchaser  have further agreed that the
     Seller will assume 100%  responsibility  for all obligations to a personnel
     of the business for all matters related to accrued  vacation and sick leave
     incurred by the business prior to the date of closing.  Attached  hereto as
     Exhibit  "H",  Purchaser  and Seller  have  agreed to the  amounts to which
     Seller  is  obligated  to  employees  and this  amount  will be paid to the
     employees by Seller  prior to the Date of Closing  (outside of escrow) , or
     will be  given  as a  credit  to  Purchaser  and  debit  Seller,  whereupon
     Purchaser shall assume all such obligations to said employees.

3.   SECURITY. All of the Purchaser's obligations under this Agreement including
     the Promissory Note and the  Non-Compete  Agreement shall be secured by two
     (2) Security Agreements in form attached hereto as Exhibits "D" and "E" and
     by reference incorporated herein,  covering the assets being purchased as a
     part of this  transaction,  including its leasehold  interest,  approximate
     $500,000.00 inventory, of Sierra Madre Foods, Inc. and corporate guarantees
     of  Purchaser.  If  Purchaser  is in  material  breach of any of the terms,
     conditions  covenants  or  obligations  to be  performed  under any of said
     instruments or under the  underlying  Lease,  Seller shall provide  written
     notice to  Purchaser,  and  Purchaser  shall have thirty (30) days from the
     date of such  written  notice  to cure  the  material  breach.  If,  at the
     expiration of such thirty (30) day period the material  breach has not been
     cured, Purchaser shall be in default of such terms,  conditions,  covenants
     or  obligations.  In the event that  Purchaser  is in default of any of the
     terms,  conditions,  covenants or obligations to be performed  under any of
     said  instruments  or  under  the  underlying  lease,  said  default  shall
     constitute a default under all of said instruments. In such event Seller is
     authorized,  at its sole option, to exercise any and all remedies available
     to it at law or at  equity,  as well as by the  terms of any or all of said
     instruments or the Lease.

4.   INVENTORY  All  inventory  used in this  business is to be  transferred  to
     Purchaser at close of escrow, see Exhibit "L".

5.   AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE.  Seller and Selling  Shareholders,  individually,
     agree that they will not  engage,  either  directly or  indirectly,  in any
     business whose products or activities  compete in whole or in part with the
     products or  activities of Purchaser  within the state of California  for a
     period of three (3) years  after  cessation  of the  Selling  Shareholder's
     employment   with  the  Purchaser  all  as  more  fully  described  in  the
     Non-Compete  Agreement  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  "F" and by  reference
     incorporated herein.

                                       2
<PAGE>

6.   TRAINING, TRANSITION AND CONSULTING.  Transition training services shall be
     provided  over a period of three (3) months from the Date of Closing of the
     transaction at no cost to Purchaser.

      After  expiration of the transition  training by Seller,  if so desired by
      both  parties,  then  Seller and  Purchaser  may enter into a longer  term
      possible  employment contract under such terms as the parties may mutually
      agree.

7.   SELLER AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Seller and
     Selling Shareholders hereby represent and warrant to Purchaser as follows:

     (a)  Organization.  That Seller is a corporation duly organized and validly
     existing under the laws of the State of Nevada and is in good standing.

     (b) Authorization.  That the execution,  delivery,  and performance of this
     Agreement by Seller has been duly and  effectively  authorized  by Seller's
     Board of Directors and Shareholders.

     (c) Binding Obligation. That the officer Of Seller executing this Agreement
     on its behalf is duly authorized to do so and to deliver the same on behalf
     of  Seller,  and  that  this  Agreement  constitutes  a valid  and  binding
     obligation of Seller and Selling Shareholders in accordance with its terms.

     (d) Business operations. That Seller has not materially altered the conduct
     of its business,  and has not taken any action;  made any sales,  loans, or
     liquidation  outside the ordinary course of business;  altered any business
     or  accounting  practices;  changed  business  hours;  or entered  into any
     unusual  transactions  that are  likely to have any  adverse  affect on the
     value of the business  from the time of the mutually  agreed upon letter of
     intent up through the date of closing.

     (e) Title.  That  Seller is the true and lawful  owner of all of the assets
     and inventory of the business,  including, without limitation, those listed
     on Exhibit "A," free and clear of all title  defects,  security  interests,
     claims,  liens or  encumbrances  and that such assets and inventory are not
     subject to any agreement for their sale to or use by any third party.

     (f) Condition.  At Closing,  to Seller's and Selling  Shareholders'  actual
     knowledge,  the leased  premises,  equipment and other  tangible  assets of
     Seller are in good operating condition and repair. subject to ordinary wear
     and tear, are adequate for the uses to which they are being put, and to the
     best of Seller's  and Selling  Shareholders'  knowledge  are not in need of
     maintenance  or  repairs  except  for  ordinary,  routine  maintenance  and
     repairs.

     (g) Supplies and Sample Materials.  Prior to Closing, Purchaser will review
     and agree in writing with Seller as to quantities of supplies and materials
     that are transferred.

     (h) Taxes.  Seller  shall pay and shall hold  Purchaser  harmless  from all
     taxes due to any governmental body from activities prior to Closing. Seller
     has in a timely  manner  filed all  federal,  state  and local tax  returns
     relating  to the assets or the  business,  including,  but not  limited to,
     those  taxes  with  respect  to income,  property,  worker's  compensation,
     Medicaid and unemployment,  and has paid all taxes,  penalties and interest
     on said returns or arising therefrom.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     (i)  Compensation  and  Benefits.  Attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  "H" is an
     accurate list and description of all employee  compensation rates,  accrued
     vacation time, sick leave and retirement  benefits,  bonus, profit sharing,
     retirement,  stock purchase, stock option, insurance,  hospitalization,  or
     other benefit plans or programs for Seller's employees in the business, and
     a statement of their obligations under such programs.

     (j)  Labor.  Seller  is not a party to any labor  agreement  with any labor
     organization.  Seller has  experienced  no attempt  by  organized  labor to
     conform to labor demands in any manner. To its best knowledge, Seller is in
     compliance  with  all  applicable  laws  respecting  employment  and is not
     engaged in any unfair labor practice.

     (k)  Default.  Seller  is not in  default  under any  contract  for work or
     services to be performed. There has been no unresolved claim for negligence
     or  breach  of  warranty  or breach of  contract  arising  out of  services
     delivered or installed, or services rendered by the business.

     (l) Litigation. There is no pending or anticipated litigation,  proceeding,
     investigation,  controversy,  judgment,  order, writ,  injunction or decree
     which would  jeopardize  the  business or  Purchaser's  title to the assets
     being sold.

     (m) Compliance With Law and Other Instruments. Seller holds, and has at all
     times held, all material licenses, permits and authorizations necessary for
     the lawful  conduct of its business  pursuant to all  applicable  statutes,
     laws,  ordinances,  rules and  regulations of all federal,  state and local
     governmental  agencies having  jurisdiction over it or over any part of its
     operations or the Assets,  and Seller knows of no violations  thereof.  The
     execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  compliance  with the
     provisions  hereof by Seller will not conflict with or result in any breach
     of any of the terms,  conditions and provisions of, or constitute a default
     under, or result in the creation of a lien,  charge or encumbrance upon any
     of the  assets  or  outstanding  capital  stock of Seller  pursuant  to any
     charter  documents,   indenture,   mortgage,   lease,  agreement  or  other
     instrument to which Seller is a party or by which it is bound.

     (n)  Environmental.  Seller has not:  caused or  permitted  its business to
     generate,  manufacture,  refine, transport,  treat, store, handle, dispose,
     transfer,  produce or process  any  "hazardous  substances"  or other toxic
     substances,  except in compliance  with all applicable  federal,  state and
     local laws or regulations.

     (o) Material  Misstatements or Omissions.  No representations or warranties
     by Seller or  Selling  Shareholders  in this  Agreement  nor any  document,
     statement,   certificate   or  schedule   provided  by  seller  or  Selling
     Shareholders,  contains any untrue statement of a material fact. Seller and
     Selling  Shareholders  have not withheld  knowledge of any material  event,
     condition or fact which they know or have reasonable grounds to believe may
     affect Seller's business.

     (p)  Sufficiency of the Assets.  The assets sold pursuant to this Agreement
     include all assets necessary to the operation of the business.  Said assets
     are  sufficient  to carry on the  business as carried on by Seller prior to
     Closing.

                                        5
<PAGE>

     (q)  Terminability Of Employees.  The employment of all employees of Seller
     is  terminable  at  will.  Seller  will  terminate  the  employment  of all
     employees as of the Closing  Date.  Purchaser  may, but is not required to,
     employ  one or  more  said  employees  following  Closing  on  terms  to be
     determined by Purchaser and said employee(s).

     (r) No Violations. Neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated
     herein shall cause  seller to be in violation of any order,  decree or law,
     or in violation of any contract or other document by which Seller is or may
     be bound.

     (s) Vendors & Suppliers.  At closing, to Seller's and Selling Shareholders,
     actual  knowledge,  no notice has been  received  from any current  vendors
     stating  their   intentions   to  cease  selling   products  to  Seller  on
     substantially the same terms and conditions as said products have been sold
     in the past.

     (t) Current Customers.  At closing,  to Seller's and Selling  Shareholders,
     actual knowledge, no notice has been received from any current customer who
     accounts  for more than 5% of the prior  twelve (12) months  revenue of the
     Seller that said  customer  no longer  intends to  purchase  products  from
     Seller on substantially  the same terms and conditions as said customer has
     purchased  products in the past;  provided  however  these  warranties  and
     representation  do not pertain to customers  whose business is obtained via
     public bids.

8.   PURCHASER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Purchaser represents and warrants
     to Seller as follows:

     (a) That  Purchaser is a corporation  duly  organized and validly  existing
     under the laws of the State of California.

     (b) That the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance  of this Agreement by
     Purchaser has been duly and effectively  authorized by Purchaser's Board of
     Directors.

     (c) That the officer of Purchaser executing this Agreement on its behalf is
     duly  authorized  to do so and to deliver the same on behalf of  Purchaser,
     and that this  Agreement  constitutes  a valid and  binding  obligation  of
     Purchaser in accordance with its terms.

     (d) The Purchaser has had full  opportunity to review any and all financial
     information  from  Seller,  including  financial  statements,  tax returns,
     income and expense  information,  and all other information  related to the
     business that Purchaser deems important in evaluating this business.

     (e) Financial  statements and any other  financial  records which Purchaser
     has  provided  to Seller are true and  correct  in every  respect as of the
     dates  thereof;  and that there have been no  material  changes in Seller's
     financial position since the dates thereof.

9.   SURVIVAL  OF  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  Seller's  and  Purchaser's
     representations and shall survive the closing of this transaction.

                                       6
<PAGE>

10.  AGENCY  DISCLOSURE.  At the signing of this  Agreement the  selling/listing
     agent and Acquisition  Services Group, Inc.  represented Seller. Each party
     signing this document confirms that prior oral and/or written disclosure of
     agency was provided to him/her in this transaction.

11.  LIABILITIES.  Purchaser  assumed only those  liabilities that are expressly
     set forth in the agreements  between the parties.  Seller  warrants that at
     Closing it will give a good,  clear and  marketable  title to  business  or
     business assets being sold; and that it has disclosed all known liabilities
     of any kind to the Purchaser  regardless of whether such liabilities affect
     title  to the  assets  and  expressly  agrees  to hold  Purchaser  free and
     harmless from any such liabilities. Seller agrees to furnish to Purchaser a
     copy of a Uniform  Commercial Code 11R showing no  encumbrances  except for
     those mentioned above.

12.  ATTORNEY'S  FEES -  Purchaser  and  Seller  agree  that in the event of any
     litigation,  between any of the  parties,  arising  out of the  transaction
     (whether  closed or not), is instituted,  the  prevailing  party or parties
     shall be entitled to recover from the other(s) their reasonable  attorney's
     fees and reasonable costs incurred (whether or not statutory).

13.  PRO-RATIONS.  The sales (use) tax on furniture and equipment  shall be paid
     by the Purchaser at settlement  through escrow and personal property taxes,
     other  taxes,  and  similar  expenses  shall he  prorated as of the date of
     transfer of ownership.

14.  SEVERABILITY.  Each paragraph,  section and/or  provision of this agreement
     shall be  considered  severable,  and if, for any  reason,  any  paragraph,
     section and/or provision herein is determined to be invalid and contrary to
     any  existing  or future  law or  regulation,  such  shall not  impair  the
     operation of or affect the remaining paragraphs, sections and/or provisions
     of this agreement.

15.  GENERAL PROVISIONS.

     AS TO PURCHASER:  By signing this agreement,  Purchaser hereby acknowledges
     that  Purchaser is relying  solely on  Purchaser's  own  inspection  of the
     business  and its assets and  representations  of seller with regard to the
     prior  operating  history  of the  business  and all other  material  facts
     relating to Purchaser's decision to purchase.

AS   TO SELLER:  Seller acknowledges no representations were made concerning the
     credit-worthiness  or ability of Purchaser to complete this transaction and
     relies solely on Purchaser's representations.

16.  ALLOCATION OF VALUES SHALL BE:

      Vehicles:                                $_________
      Machinery & Equipment:                   $_________
      Non-Competition Agreement:               $_________
      Goodwill:                                $_________
      Net Other Assets Transferred:            $_________
                                               ----------

                              TOTAL:          $200,000.00

                                       7
<PAGE>

17.  DATE OF CLOSING.  The Date of Closing of this transaction  shall be defined
     as September  30, 1999.  Purchaser is entitled to  possession on October 1,
     1999 at 12:01 a.m. At closing,  Purchaser  shall deposit all funds required
     to close this along with all executed original documents required by Seller
     to close this transaction.

18.  ASSET SALE AND  INDEMNIFICATIONS.  This is a purchase of certain  specified
     assets and the assumption of certain  specified  liabilities of seller,  as
     set forth elsewhere in this document and attached Exhibits.

     (a) Seller and Selling  Shareholders  agree to indemnify and hold Purchaser
     harmless with respect to any and all  obligations  and claims  arising from
     the  operation  of the  business,  including  but not  limited to taxes due
     (except  as  assumed),  wages  payable,  and  accounts  payable  (except as
     assumed),  which indebtedness or claims arose or were incurred prior to the
     date of  possession  by  Purchaser.  In the event  Purchaser is required to
     satisfy any  obligation  or claim  arising from  Seller's  operation of the
     business,  Purchaser  may deduct said  amount from the next  installment(s)
     after a  minimum  fifteen  (15)  day  notice  to  Seller  and-Seller  shall
     thereafter  have a period of thirty (30) days (or such  greater time as may
     be mutually  agreed to by the parties) to settle,  compromise  or otherwise
     resolve said claim. Provided, however, Purchaser's right of offset shall be
     cumulative  and not an exclusive  remedy for any such default and Purchaser
     shall  have any and all legal and  equitable  remedies  available  to it in
     addition to such right of offset.  It is further  agreed that said right of
     offset shall cover claims for a period of one (1) year  following the close
     of escrow.

     (b) Purchaser  agrees to indemnify and hold Seller harmless with respect to
     any loss,  liability,  cost,  expense,  or claim arising out of Purchaser's
     operation of the business after the date of possession by Purchaser.

19.  PREMISES LEASE.  Purchaser  acknowledges receipt of a valid Lease Agreement
     from the landlord for the  premises  occupied by the business  prior to the
     Date of Closing, which Lease Agreement is a condition of closing.

20.  EQUIPMENT LEASES. There are no leased items of personal property subject to
     leases with Seller.

21.  NOTICES.  Any  notice,  request,  or other  document to be given under this
     Agreement  after the date  hereof by any  party to any  other,  shall be in
     writing and shall be sent by hand delivery,  or by mail,  postage  prepaid,
     return  receipt  requested.  The  effective  date of mailed notice shall be
     deemed to be three (3) calendar days following mailing.

      PURCHASER:              IFCO Group
                              10343 E. Artesia Blvd.
                              Bellflower, CA  90706

      SELLER:                 Sitestar Corporation
                              C/O Clinton J. Sallee
                              16133 Ventura Blvd., Suite 635
                              Encino, CA 91436


                                       8
<PAGE>

25.  WAIVERS/EXTENSION.  The parties may, by written instrument, extend the time
     for the  performance  for any of the  obligations or other act of any other
     party  and  (a)  waive  any   inaccuracy   of  such  other   party  in  any
     representation or warranties  contained herein or in any document delivered
     pursuant to this Agreement;  (b) waive compliance with any of the covenants
     of such other parties' performance of any of the obligation set out in this
     Agreement.  Any waiver or extension hereunder shall not constitute a waiver
     or extension of any other provision of this Agreement.

26.  SUCCESSORS/ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall be binding on the parties,  their
     successors, assigns and subsidiaries.

27.  REMEDIES  IN  EQUITY.  The  parties  agree  that  damages  at law may be an
     inadequate  remedy  for  breach or  threatened  breach of the terms of this
     Agreement and agree that the respective  rights and  obligations  hereunder
     shall  be  enforceable,  pending  ultimate  resolution  of any  dispute  by
     arbitration or appeals therefrom, by specific enforcement,  injunction,  or
     other equitable remedy, as well as at law.

28.  PERIODIC FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Purchaser hereby agrees to provide accurate
     and timely financial  statements on a quarterly basis to Seller  throughout
     the term of this  Agreement  so long as there is a balance due and owing to
     Seller under the Promissory  Note, the  Non-Compete  Agreements  and/or the
     Employment  Agreement (if any), and anticipating  breach provisions will be
     included.

29.  WORK  IN  PROCESS.  Work in  Progress  will be  memorialized  by  schedules
     supplied as of the closing of business on October 30, 1999, and attached as
     Exhibit "K".

30.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement together with its exhibits and attachments
     contains  the  entire  agreement  between  the Seller  and  Purchaser,  and
     supersedes or cancels any prior  agreements,  understandings or inducements
     relating to the transaction provided for herein.

31.  TRANSFER  DOCUMENTS.  At  closing,  Seller  shall  execute  and  deliver to
     Purchaser a Bill Of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "G".

32.  COOPERATION AND  ADJUSTMENTS.  The parties agree to take all steps,  and to
     execute all documents,  whether  before,  at or after  Closing,  reasonably
     necessary  or advisable to carry out this  Agreement  and the  transactions
     described  herein.  The parties recognize that there may be some overlooked
     or unclear.  technicalities  that need to be cleared up after Closing,  and
     they shall attempt to resolve those by mutual agreement.

33.  CROSS-DEFAULT. Since the obligations of the parties are interdependent, the
     parties  intend for such  obligations  to be  cross-secured.  Therefore,  a
     default by a party under this Agreement,  the Lease Agreement or any of the
     agreements  referenced  herein,  subject to the  provisions  of paragraph 3
     above,  shall be a default  under the others as well,  at the option of the
     non-defaulting party.



                                       9

<PAGE>

34.  ARBITRATION.   All  disputes   relating  to  this   Agreement   and/or  the
     relationship  of  the  parties  hereunder  shall  be  settled  and  finally
     determined  by  arbitration  in Vancouver  under the  American  Arbitration
     Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules with Expedited Procedures in
     effect on the date hereof.  There shall be one arbitrator,  who shall be an
     attorney with at least 15 years commercial law experience,  selected by the
     parties  as  follows:  each  party  shall  submit a list of three  proposed
     arbitrators  within  ten (10) days of the  arbitration  demand,  and if the
     parties do not select an arbitrator within five (5) days, then within three
     (3) days one  impartial  arbitrator  shall be  appointed  by the  Presiding
     Judge.  California law shall apply and arbitrator may award  attorneys fee.
     The judgment upon the award rendered in any such arbitration shall be final
     and  binding  upon the  parties,  and may be  entered  in any court  having
     jurisdiction thereof.

     SIGNED and DATED this 30th day of September, 1999.

     SELLER:                                  PURCHASER:

     Sitestar Corporation                     IFCO Group.

          /s/ Clinton J. Sallee                    /s/ Frederick Manlunas
     By: _____________________                By: __________________________
     Clinton J. Sallee, President and CEO     Frederick Manlunas, President







                                       10



                                                                   Exhibit 2.5

CONFIDENTIAL                                                   August 17, 1999

                                LETTER OF INTENT

                            Stock Purchase Agreement
                         Eastern Shore Net Incorporated


I.       ACQUIRING ENTITY

                           Sitestar   Corporation   (the  "Buyer"   "Sitestar"),
                           incorporated  in the State of Nevada,  will  purchase
                           (the "Purchase")  Eastern Shore Net  Incorporated,  a
                           Nevada   corporation  (the  "Company"   "ESN");   its
                           principal   owner  being  Mr.  Gary   Thompson   (the
                           "Principal Shareholder").  The Company is represented
                           by Optimum  Strategic Finance (OSF) through Mr. Roger
                           Morrison. (the "Intermediary").

II.      STRUCTURE AND CONSIDERATION

                           Buyer will  purchase 100% the  Company's  stock.  The
                           aggregate  consideration  for the transaction will be
                           approximately   $192,000  paid  in  common  stock  in
                           Sitestar at a $3.00 per share strike price.

III.     PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

                           Purchase  consideration  is  based  on the  Company's
                           aggregate net worth and general financial performance
                           at closing  being not less than as  reflected on data
                           provided to the Buyer during negotiations. Should the
                           aggregate  net worth  and/or  the  general  financial
                           performance at the closing differ, the purchase price
                           shall be subject to adjustment accordingly. Assets of
                           the Company  are to include  all balance  sheet items
                           and  other  assets  presently  utilized  in  the  ISP
                           business.   A   definitive   list   of   assets   and
                           accompanying obligations shall be compiled and agreed
                           upon by Buyer and the Company.  The additional  terms
                           and conditions of the purchase  consideration will be
                           addressed in the definitive agreement.

IV.      PAYMENT STRUCTURE

                           Buyer  will   deliver  to  the   Shareholders   stock
                           certificates  equal  to  the  purchase  price  at the
                           closing and the execution of a definitive agreement.

                                       1
<PAGE>


CONFIDENTIAL                                                     August 17, 1999

V.       COVENANTS

                    A.   Purchase  price will be  adjusted to reflect a multiple
                         of one (1) year's  gross  revenues,  based on number of
                         accounts  at the close of the  transaction.  Should the
                         number of accounts  differ from the  current  800,  the
                         purchase  price  will  be  adjusted  accordingly.   The
                         current  offer of $192,000  is based on ESN  delivering
                         Sitestar 800 customers at closing.

                    B.   One  half  (50%)  of  the  shares   issued  to  ESN  in
                         consideration of this transaction will be registered in
                         Sitestar's SB-2 Registration  Statement.  ESN will have
                         the  option  to  sell  these  shares  as  soon  as  the
                         Registration  statement is deemed  effective.  The SB-2
                         will  begin no later  than 150 days  from the  close of
                         this   transaction.   The  remaining   shares  will  be
                         restricted  from sale on the public market for a period
                         of one (1) year from the date of the transaction.

                    C.   At the end of the period of  restriction,  in the event
                         that the per share value  should fall below $3.50 for a
                         consecutive  ten (10) day period,  Sitestar  will issue
                         ESN additional shares, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, to
                         eliminate any ESN loss in value due to market decline.

                    D.   ESN will  structure a fair-market  lease for a Sitestar
                         office in its existing facility for a period of one (1)
                         year.  Included in this agreement will be the right for
                         Sitestar to display signage on ESN's marquis.

                    E.   Each party shall be responsible for their own legal and
                         transactional expenses.

                    F.   Sitestar will provide seven (7) employees,  to be named
                         by Mr. Thompson at closing,  unlimited dial-up internet
                         access,  free  of  charge.  This  access  will  only be
                         subject  to  termination  in the  event  that  Sitestar
                         divests its ISP operations.

VI.      NON-COMPETE CONTRACTS

                           Principal  Shareholder  will enter into a non-compete
                           contract   pertaining   to   internet   access,   web
                           development  and web hosting  with Buyer for a period
                           of thirty six (36) months.  This agreement will be in
                           effect  for  all   customers   acquired   during  the
                           transaction.  ESN will have the right to solicit  new
                           web development customers,

                                       2
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                     August 17, 1999

                           not  included  in the  transaction.  The  non-compete
                           agreement will not include designated unpaid accounts
                           (which will not be included in  determining  the size
                           of  the   transaction)  or  other   e-commerce  sites
                           currently  under  development  by ESN.  The terms and
                           conditions of this agreement will be addressed in the
                           definitive agreement.

VII.     TIMETABLE FOR CLOSING

                           It is  the  objective  of  the  Buyer  to  close  the
                           acquisition   within   thirty   (30)  days  from  the
                           execution of this letter. Buyer's obligation to close
                           the acquisition  will be subject to (i) the execution
                           of the  definitive  purchase  agreement  and  related
                           documentation     (collectively    the    "Definitive
                           Agreement")  reflecting the terms of the  acquisition
                           as set forth herein and  containing  representations,
                           warranties  covenants  and  agreements of the Seller,
                           satisfactory in form and substance to Buyer; (ii) the
                           receipt  of  all  material   consents  and  approvals
                           necessary for the consummation of the acquisition and
                           the ongoing  operation of the business of the Seller;
                           (iii) the absence of any material  adverse  change in
                           the  business,   assets,   condition   (financial  or
                           otherwise), or prospects of the Seller.

VIII.    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

                           From the date of your acceptance hereof,  through the
                           closing  date,  the Seller shall conduct its business
                           only  in the  ordinary  course  and  consistent  with
                           relationships  and  goodwill  existing  on  the  date
                           hereof and promptly  notify Buyer of any emergency or
                           other change in the  ordinary  course of the Seller's
                           business

IX.      EXCLUSIVITY

                           For a  period  of  thirty  (30)  days  following  the
                           execution  of this  agreement,  the  Seller  will not
                           directly or indirectly through any officer, employee,
                           stockholder,  director, agent, affiliate or otherwise
                           (i) enter into any agreement,  agreement in principal
                           or  commitment   (whether  or  not  legally  binding)
                           relating   to   any   business    combination   with,
                           recapitalization  of, or  acquisition  or purchase of
                           all or a significant  portion of the assets of , or a
                           material portion of the equity interest in the Seller
                           or relating to any similar  transaction (a "Competing
                           Transaction"),  (ii)  solicit,  initiate or encourage
                           the  submission  of any  proposal  or offer  from any
                           person   or   entity   relating   to  any   Competing
                           Transaction,  or (iii) participate in any discussions
                           or negotiations regarding a

                                       3
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                     August 17, 1999

                           Competing  Transaction.  The Seller  shall notify the
                           Buyer promptly if any proposal  regarding a Competing
                           Transaction  (or any inquiry or any contact  with any
                           person or entity  with  respect  thereto) is made and
                           shall  advise  Buyer  of  the  contents  thereof.  In
                           addition,  the Seller will immediately  terminate all
                           discussions,  negotiations  or agreements now pending
                           with  other  potential  participants  in a  Competing
                           Transaction.

X.       ACCESS

                           Seller  agrees to provide Buyer and its advisors with
                           timely and  reasonable  access to the Company and all
                           information that any of them reasonably requests.

XI.      CONFIDENTIALITY

                           The purchase  price and terms of this  agreement  and
                           acquisition  will be held by the  parties  in  strict
                           confidence  and will not be disclosed to anyone other
                           than the  agents  or  representatives  and  financing
                           sources  of  the   parties  who  need  to  know  such
                           information  in  connection   with  the   transaction
                           completed hereby.

XII.     BINDING EFFECT

                           This letter does not constitute a binding  obligation
                           to effect the acquisition, it is understood that such
                           obligation  shall  arise  only  from  the  Definitive
                           Agreement.

XIII.    CLOSING

A.                          Subject  to  completion  of  final  due   diligence,
                            accounting   review  and  the  completion  of  legal
                            documentation,  the closing date of this transaction
                            will  be  at  a  place,   and  on  a  date  mutually
                            acceptable to Buyer and the Company, and the date at
                            the very latest September 17, 1999.

B.                          Buyer and the Company agree that OSF has represented
                            the  Company  on  this  transaction,  and  that  the
                            Company is solely responsible for all fees.

                                       4
<PAGE>



CONFIDENTIAL                                                     August 17, 1999

Please evidence your agreement with the foregoing by executing this agreement in
the space provided  below. We very much look forward to working with you towards
the successful completion of this transaction and building a mutually beneficial
relationship.


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

Eastern Shore Net Incorporated                       Sitestar Corporation

/s/ Gary R. Thompson                                 /s/ Clinton J. Sallee
- -------------------------                            ------------------------
By:      Gary Thompson                               By:   Clinton J. Sallee
         President                                         President

Date:    August 17, 1999                             Date:    August 17, 1999









                                       5



                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.6

CONFIDENTIAL                                                   September 2, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                LETTER OF INTENT

                            Stock Purchase Agreement
                          NEOCOM Microspecialists, Inc.


I.       ACQUIRING ENTITY

                    Sitestar Corporation (the "Buyer" "Sitestar"),  incorporated
                    in the State of Nevada,  will purchase (the  "Purchase") all
                    the outstanding shares of NEOCOM  Microspecialists,  Inc., a
                    Virginia corporation (the "Company" "NEOCOM"); its principal
                    owners being Mr. Tom Albanese, Mr. Joe Albanese and Mr. Fred
                    Herring  (the  "Principal  Shareholders").  The  Company  is
                    represented by Optimum  Strategic  Finance (OSF) through Mr.
                    Roger Morrison. (the "Intermediary").

II.      STRUCTURE AND CONSIDERATION

                    Buyer will purchase 100% of the total  outstanding  stock of
                    the Company. The aggregate consideration for the transaction
                    will be $6.918 million paid as follows:

                    A.   $5.995 million in common stock in Sitestar at $3.50 per
                         share.

                    B.   Conversion  of  $123,000  of  NEOCOM  debt to  Sitestar
                         common stock at $3.50 per share.

                    C.   The retirement of $800,000 in NEOCOM debt.

III.     PURCHASE CONSIDERATION

                    Purchase  consideration is based on the Company's  aggregate
                    net worth and general financial performance at closing being
                    not less than as  reflected  on data  provided  to the Buyer
                    during  negotiations.  Should the aggregate net worth and/or
                    the general financial performance at the closing differ, the
                    purchase  price shall be subject to adjustment  accordingly.
                    Assets of the Company are to include all balance sheet items
                    and other assets presently  utilized in the business and any
                    and all  equipment,  machines or material that do not appear
                    on  the  balance  sheet,  such  as  the  business  name  and
                    licenses, but are used in the business. A definitive list of
                    assets  shall be  compiled  and agreed upon by Buyer and the
                    Company. The additional terms and conditions of the purchase
                    consideration will be addressed in the definitive agreement.

                                       1
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                   September 2, 1999

IV.      PAYMENT STRUCTURE

                    Buyer will deliver to the  Shareholders  stock  certificates
                    equal to the purchase price at the closing and the execution
                    of a definitive agreement.

V.       COVENANTS

                    A.   Sitestar  shares will list on the NASD  Bulletin  Board
                         within  sixty  (60)  days  of  the  execution  of  this
                         agreement with an opening price of $3.50 per share.

                    B.   For a period of thirty (30) days from the  consummation
                         of this  transaction,  Buyer will compensate  Seller in
                         additional  shares in Sitestar  should  Sitestar  stock
                         fall below $1.75 per share for a  consecutive  ten (10)
                         day period.  Said compensation will be designed to make
                         Seller whole in original purchase price.

                    C.   Buyer will initiate an SB-2  fundraising  effort within
                         thirty (30) days from the listing of Sitestar.  Barring
                         unforeseen   delays  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange
                         Commission  (SEC), the SB-2 fundraising  effort will be
                         completed  within  120  days  from  the  close  of this
                         transaction.

                    D.   Buyer will  raise a minimum  of $2  million  during the
                         prescribed fundraising effort.

                    E.   Commensurate   with  the  Buyer's   Virginia-area   ISP
                         consolidation strategy,  Buyer will commit a minimum of
                         $500,000 in capital  resources  to said  strategy.  The
                         Buyer  intends  for Seller to serve as  foundation  for
                         said  strategy  and, as such,  will commit a minimum of
                         $200,000 directly to Company to facilitate growth.

                    F.   At the close of the transaction, Seller will personally
                         assume all debt currently charged to NEOCOM.  Cash flow
                         from NEOCOM  operations  will  continue to service said
                         debt during the Buyer's fundraising efforts. Buyer will
                         issue  free  trading  shares  during  SB-2  fundraising
                         effort to be utilized to retire said debt and eliminate
                         Seller's personal  guarantees.  Buyer intends to retire
                         said  debt  within  (120)  days  from the  close of the
                         transaction.

                    G.   Buyer  agrees to assume any tax  consequences  faced by
                         Seller  in  accordance  with  the  retirement  of  debt
                         described in Section V(F).

                                       2
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                   September 2, 1999

                    H.   Seller's Board of Directors will remain in effect until
                         which time as all contingencies are satisfied or waived
                         by both parties.

                    I.   Each party shall be responsible for their own legal and
                         transactional  expenses.  Buyer will be responsible for
                         the travel expenses of one principal Shareholder to Los
                         Angeles during the due diligence period.

VI.      EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

                    A.   Principal  Shareholders will enter into an employment /
                         management  contract  with the Buyer  for a minimum  of
                         twenty four (24) months with further  compensation from
                         Buyer,  with a  reasonable  compensation  package,  the
                         terms and  conditions of which will be addressed in the
                         definitive agreement.

                    B.   Buyer  and  Seller  have  an  understanding  as to  the
                         specific needs of Mr. Herring's employment / management
                         contract. During the due diligence period, Parties will
                         structure  an  agreement  that  enables Mr.  Herring to
                         receive compensation and benefits for a period of sixty
                         (60) months.

VII.     NON-COMPETE CONTRACTS

                    Principal   Shareholders   will  enter  into  a  non-compete
                    contract  with  Buyer  after  the  term  of  the  management
                    contract for an additional  period of thirty six (36) months
                    the terms and  conditions  of which will be addressed in the
                    definitive agreement.

VIII.    TIMETABLE FOR CLOSING

                    It is the  objective  of the Buyer to close the  acquisition
                    within  thirty (30) days from the  execution of this letter.
                    Buyer's  obligation to close the acquisition will be subject
                    to (i) the execution of the  definitive  purchase  agreement
                    and  related  documentation  (collectively  the  "Definitive
                    Agreement")  reflecting the terms of the  acquisition as set
                    forth  herein  and  containing  representations,  warranties
                    covenants and agreements of the Seller, satisfactory in form
                    and  substance  to Buyer;  (ii) the receipt of all  material
                    consents and approvals necessary for the consummation of the
                    acquisition and the ongoing operation of the business of the
                    Seller;  (iii) the absence of any material adverse change in
                    the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), or
                    prospects of the Seller.

                                       3
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                   September 2, 1999

IX.      Conduct of Business

                    From the date of your acceptance hereof, through the closing
                    date,  the Seller  shall  conduct its  business  only in the
                    ordinary  course  and  consistent  with   relationships  and
                    goodwill  existing  on the date hereof and  promptly  notify
                    Buyer of any  emergency  or  other  change  in the  ordinary
                    course of the Seller's business

X.       EXCLUSIVITY

                    For a period of thirty (30) days  following the execution of
                    this  agreement,  the Seller will not directly or indirectly
                    through any officer, employee, stockholder, director, agent,
                    affiliate  or  otherwise  (i)  enter  into  any   agreement,
                    agreement in principal or commitment (whether or not legally
                    binding)   relating  to  any  business   combination   with,
                    recapitalization  of, or acquisition or purchase of all or a
                    significant portion of the assets of , or a material portion
                    of the  equity  interest  in the Seller or  relating  to any
                    similar  transaction  (a  "Competing   Transaction"),   (ii)
                    solicit,   initiate  or  encourage  the  submission  of  any
                    proposal or offer from any person or entity  relating to any
                    Competing   Transaction,   or  (iii)   participate   in  any
                    discussions   or   negotiations    regarding   a   Competing
                    Transaction.  The Seller shall notify the Buyer  promptly if
                    any  proposal  regarding  a  Competing  Transaction  (or any
                    inquiry  or any  contact  with any  person  or  entity  with
                    respect  thereto)  is made  and  shall  advise  Buyer of the
                    contents thereof.  In addition,  the Seller will immediately
                    terminate all  discussions,  negotiations  or agreements now
                    pending  with other  potential  participants  in a Competing
                    Transaction.

XI.      ACCESS

                    Seller  agrees to provide Buyer and its advisors with timely
                    and  reasonable  access to the Company  and all  information
                    that any of them reasonably requests.

XII.     CONFIDENTIALITY

                    The  purchase   price  and  terms  of  this   agreement  and
                    acquisition will be held by the parties in strict confidence
                    and will not be disclosed to anyone other than the agents or
                    representatives  and  financing  sources of the  parties who
                    need  to  know  such  information  in  connection  with  the
                    transaction completed hereby.

                                       4
<PAGE>

CONFIDENTIAL                                                   September 2, 1999

XIII.    BINDING EFFECT

                    This  letter does not  constitute  a binding  obligation  to
                    effect  the   acquisition,   it  is  understood   that  such
                    obligation shall arise only from the Definitive Agreement.

XIV.     CLOSING

                    A.   Subject   to   completion   of  final  due   diligence,
                         accounting   review   and  the   completion   of  legal
                         documentation,  the  closing  date of this  transaction
                         will be at a place,  and on a date mutually  acceptable
                         to  Buyer  and the  Company,  and the  date at the very
                         latest September 30, 1999.

                    B.   Buyer and the  Company  agree that OSF has  represented
                         the Company on this  transaction,  and that the Company
                         is solely responsible for all fees.


Please evidence your agreement with the foregoing by executing this agreement in
the space provided  below. We very much look forward to working with you towards
the successful completion of this transaction and building a mutually beneficial
relationship.


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

NEOCOM Microspecialists, Inc.                           Sitestar Corporation

/s/ Tom Albanese                                       /s/ Clinton J. Sallee
- -------------------------                            ------------------------
By:      Tom Albanese                                By:   Clinton J. Sallee
         President                                         President

/s/ Joe Albanese
- -------------------------
By:      Joe Albanese
         Vice President

/s/ Fred Herring
- -------------------------
By:      Fred Herring
         Vice President

Date:    August 31, 1999                            Date:    September 2, 1999







                                       5


                                                                  Exhibit 3.1(i)

             FILED
   IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
     STATE OF NEVADA

          DEC 17 1992

CHERYL A. LAU SECKTARY OF STATE


No. 13820-92


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC.


     FIRST. The name of the Corporation is:

                            WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS. INC.

     SECOND.  Its registered office in the State of Nevada is located at 2810 W.
CHARLESTON  BLVD.,  SUITE G6723,  LAS VEGAS, NV 89102 that this  corporation may
maintain an office, or offices,  in such other place within or without the State
of Nevada as may be from time to time  designated by the Board of Directors,  or
by the By-Laws of said  corporation,  and that this  Corporation may conduct all
Corporation  business  of every kind and  nature,  including  the holding of all
meetings of Directors and  Stockholders,  outside the State of Nevada as well as
within the State of Nevada.

     THIRD.  The objects for which this Corporation is formed are: in any lawful
activity, including, but not limited to the following:

         (A) Shall have such rights,  privileges  and powers as may be conferred
upon corporations by any existing law.

         (B) May at any time exercise such rights,  privileges and powers,  when
not  inconsistent  with the purposes and objects for which this  corporation  is
organized.

         (C) Shall have power to have  succession by its corporate  name for the
period  limited in its  certificate  or articles of  incorporation,  and when no
period is limited,  perpetually,  or until  dissolved  and its affairs  wound up
according to law.

         (D) Shall have power to sue and be sued in any court of law or equity.

         (E) Shall have power to make contracts.

                                       1
<PAGE>



         (F) Shall have power to hold,  purchase  and convey  real and  personal
estate  and to  mortgage  or lease any such real and  personal  estate  with its
franchises.  The power to hold real and personal  estate shall include the power
to take the same by devise or bequest  in the State of  Nevada,  or in any other
state, territory or country.

         (G) Shall have power to appoint such officers and agents as the affairs
of the corporation shall require, and to allow them suitable compensation.

         (H)  Shall  have  power  to  make  bylaws  not  inconsistent  with  the
constitution  or laws of the United States,  or of the State of Nevada,  for the
management,  regulation and government of its affairs and property, the transfer
of its stock,  the  transaction of its business,  and the calling and holding of
meetings of its stockholders.

         (I) Shall have power to wind up and dissolve itself,  or be wound up or
dissolved.

         (J) Shall have power to adopt and use a common seal or stamp, and alter
the  same at  pleasure.  The use of a seal or stamp  by the  corporation  on any
corporate  documents is not necessary.  The corporation may use a seal or stamp,
if it desires,  but such use or non-use shall not in any way affect the legality
of the document.

         (K) Shall have power to borrow money and contract  debts when necessary
for the  transaction  of its  business,  or for the  exercise  of its  corporate
rights,  privileges  or  franchises,  or for any  other  lawful  purpose  of its
incorporation;  to issue bonds, promissory notes, bills of exchange, debentures,
and other obligations and evidences of indebtedness, payable at a specified time
or times, or payable upon the happening of a specified event or events,  whether
secured by mortgage,  pledge or otherwise, or unsecured,  for money borrowed, or
in payment for property purchased, or acquired, or for any other lawful object.

         (L) Shall  have  power to  guarantee,  purchase,  hold,  sell,  assign,
transfer,  mortgage,  pledge or  otherwise  dispose of the shares of the capital
stock of, or any bonds,  securities or evidences of the indebtedness created by,
any other corporation or corporations of the State of Nevada, or any other state
of government,  and, while owners of such stock, bonds,  securities or evidences
of indebtedness, to exercise all the rights, powers and privileges of ownership,
including the right to vote, if any.

         (M) Shall have power to purchase, hold, sell and transfer shares of its
own capital stock, and use therefor its capital,  capital surplus,  surplus,  or
other property or fund.

         (N) Shall have power to conduct business, have one or more offices, and
hold,  purchase,  mortgage and convey real and personal property in the State of
Nevada,  and  in  any  of  the  several  states,  territories,  possessions  and
dependencies  of the United  States,  the  District of Columbia  and any foreign
countries.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         (0) Shall have power to do all and everything  necessary and proper for
the  accomplishment of the objects  enumerated in its certificate or articles of
incorporation,  or any  amendment  thereof,  or necessary or  incidental  to the
protection  and benefit of the  corporation,  and,  in general,  to carry on any
lawful business  necessary or incidental to the attainment of the objects of the
corporation,  whether or not such  business  is similar in nature to the objects
set forth in the certificate or articles of incorporation of the corporation, or
any amendment thereof.

         (P) Shall have power to make  donations  for the public  welfare or for
charitable, scientific or educational purposes.

         (Q) Shall have power to enter into partnerships, general or limited, or
joint ventures, in connection with any lawful activities.

     FOURTH. That the total number of voting common stock authorized that may be
issued by the  Corporation  is  TWENTY-FIVE  THOUSAND  (25,000)  shares of stock
without nominal or par value and no other class of stock shall be authorized.

Said shares without nominal or par value may be issued by the  corporation  from
time to time for such  considerations  as may be fixed  from time to time by the
Board of Directors.

     FIFTH. The governing board of this corporation shall be known as directors,
and the number of  directors  may from time to time be increased or decreased in
such manner as shall be provided by the By-Laws of this  Corporation,  providing
that the number of directors shall not be reduced to less than one (1).


     The name and post office  address of the first Board of Directors  shall be
1) in number and listed as follows:

NAME                                POST OFFICE ADDRESS

CORT W. CHRISTIE                    2810 W. CHARLESTON BLVD
                                   SUITE G6723
                                   LAS VEGAS, NV 89102


     SIXTH. The capital stock,  after the amount of the  subscription  price, or
par value' has been pain in, shall not be subject to assessment to pay the debts
of the corporation.

     SEVENTH.  The name and post office address of the Incorporator  signing the
Articles of Incorporation is as follows.

NAME                                 POST OFFICE ADDRESS

CORT W. CHRISTIE                    2810 W. CHARLESTON BLVD
                                   SUITE G6723
                                   LAS VEGAS, NV 89102

     EIGHT. The resident agent for this corporation shall be:

                       NEVADA CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS, INC

The address of the said agent,  and, the principal or statutory  address of this
corporation in the state of Nevada, shall be:

                         2810 W. CHARLESTON BLVD.
                         SUITE G6723
                         LAS VEGAS, NV 89102

                                       3
<PAGE>



     NINTH. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

     TENTH.  In  furtherance  and not in limitation  of the powers  conferred by
statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized.

     Subject to the By-Laws, if any, adopted by the Stockholders, to make, alter
or amend the By-Laws of the Corporation.

          To fix the amount to be reserved as working capital over and above its
     capital stock paid in; to authorize and cause to be executed, mortgages and
     liens upon the real and personal property of this Corporation.

          By  resolution  passed by a majority of the whole Board,  to designate
     one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the
     Directors  of  the  Corporation,  which,  to  the  extent  provided  in the
     resolution,  or in the  By-Laws  of the  Corporation,  shall  have  and may
     exercise  the powers of the Board of  Directors  in the  management  of the
     business and affairs of the  Corporation.  Such  committee,  or committees,
     shall  have such  name,  or names,  as may be stated in the  By-Laws of the
     Corporation,  or as may be  determined  from  time to  time  by  resolution
     adopted by the Board of Directors.

          When and as authorized  by the  affirmative  vote of the  Stockholders
     holding stock  entitling them to exercise at least a majority of the voting
     power given at a  Stockholders  meeting  called for that  purpose,  or when
     authorized by the written  consent of the holders of at least a majority of
     the voting stock issued and outstanding,  the Board of Directors shall have
     power and  authority  at any meeting to sell,  lease or exchange all of the
     property  and assets of the  Corporation,  including  its good will and its
     corporate  franchises,  upon  such  terms  and  conditions  as its board of
     Directors deems expedient and for the best interests of the Corporation.

     ELEVENTH.  No  shareholder  shall  be  entitled  as a  matter  of  right to
subscribe  for or  receive  additional  shares  of any  class  of  stock  of the
Corporation,  whether now or hereafter authorized,  or any bonds,  debentures or
securities  convertible into stock, but such additional shares of stock or other
securities  convertible  into stock may be issued or disposed of by the Board of
Directors to such persons and on such terms as in its  discretion  it shall deem
advisable.

     TWELFTH.  No director  or officer of the  Corporation  shall be  personally
liable to the Corporation or any of its  stockholders  for damages for breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director  or officer  involving  any act or omission of any
such director or officer; provided,  however, that the foregoing provision shall
not  eliminate  or limit the  liability of a director or officer (i) for acts or
omissions which involve intentional misconduct,  fraud or a knowing violation of
law, or (ii) the payment of  dividends  in  violation  of Section  78.300 of the
Nevada  Revised  Statutes.  Any repeal or  modification  of this  Article by the
stockholders  of the  Corporation  shall be  prospective  only,  and  shall  not
adversely  affect any  limitation  on the  personal  liability  of a director or
officer  of the  Corporation  for  acts or  omissions  prior to such  repeal  or
modification.

     THIRTEENTH.  This corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or
repeal any provision  contained in the Articles of Incorporation,  in the manner
now or hereafter prescribed by statute, or by the Articles of Incorporation, and
all  rights  conferred  upon  Stockholders  herein are  granted  subject to this
reservation.


                                       4
<PAGE>


                  I, THE UNDERSIGNED,  being the Incorporator hereinbefore named
for the purpose of forming a Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law
of the State of Nevada, do make and file these Articles of Incorporation, hereby
declaring and certifying  that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly
have hereunto set my hand this 4th day of December, 1992.


                                                       /s/ Cort W. Christie
                                                         CORT W. CHRISTIE



On this  4th day of December, 1992, in Tehachapi,  California, before me, the
undersigned,,a  Notary  Public  in  and  for  Tehachapi,  State  of  California,
personally appeared:

                                CORT W. CHRISTIE

Known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing  document
and acknowledged to me that he executed the same.

                               /s/ Lois L. Becher
                                 Notary Public

     I, NEVADA CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS,  INC. hereby accept as Resident Agent for
the previously named Corporation.


December 4th, 1992                                        Cort W. Christie
- --------------------                                 ------------------------
Date                                                    Office Administrator


OFFICIAL NOTARY SEAL:

         Seal              LOIS L. BECHER

           Of              Notary Public - California

       California          KERN COUNTY

                           My Comm. Exp.   DEC 10, 1993









                                       5


                                                                Exhibit 3.1 (ii)

                FILED
     IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
       STATE OF NEVADA

           JUL 29  1998

No.    C13820-98

DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE


              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

                   Filed by:



                            WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC.
                               Name of Corporation


         We, the undersigned                LORETTA A. INGLISH, President

BART W. ANDRE, Secretary           of WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC.

do hereby certify:

     That the Board of Directors of said corporation at a meeting duly convened,

held on the 1st day of May,  1998,  adopted a  resolution  to amend the original

articles as follows:


     Article FOURTH is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FOURTH.   That  the  total  number  of  shares  of  stock  which  the
     Corporation   shall  have   authority  to  issue  is  Twenty  Five  Million
     (25,000,000).  The par  value of each of such  shares  is  $.001.  All such
     shares are one class and are shares of Common Stock.  Upon the amendment of
     this  Article to read as herein above set forth,  each one (1)  outstanding
     shares  is  split,  reconstituted  and  converted  into one  hundred  (100)
     shares."


                                       1
<PAGE>


The number of shares of the  corporation  outstanding and entitled to vote on an
amendment to the Articles of Incorporation  is 18,600 voting in favor;  that the
said change (s) and amendment  have been consented to and approved by a majority
vote of the  stockholders  holding  at least a  majority  of each class of stock
outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.


                                           /s/ Loretta A. Inglish

                                           President or Vice President

                                           LORETTA A. INGLISH


                                           /s/ Bart W. Andre

                                           Secretary or Assistant Secretary

                                           BART W. ANDRE


State of NEVADA

County of Clark

On July,  1998,  personally  appeared  before  me, a Notary  Public,  Loretta A.
Inglish, Bart W. Andre who acknowledged that they executed the above instrument.

                                                          /s/ Felicia Nilson
                                                         Signature of Notary

Notary Seal of Felicia Nilson


                                       2


                                                                EXHIBIT 3.1(iii)

                FILED
     IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
       STATE OF NEVADA

           OCT 26  1998

No.    C13820-92

DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE


             CERTIFICATTE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

Filed by:

                            WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC.
                               Name of Corporation


         We, the undersigned                LORETTA A. INGLISH, President

BART W. ANDRE, Secretary           of WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC.

do hereby certify:


     That the Board of Directors of said corporation at a meeting duly convened,

held on the 26th  day of  October,  1998,  adopted  a  resolution  to amend  the

original articles as follows:


     Article FIRST is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FIRST. The name of the corporation is: InterFoods Consolidated, Inc."

     Article FOURTH is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FOURTH.  The aggregate  number of shares which the corporation  shall
          have the authority to issue is Twenty-Five Million (25,000,000) shares
          of  common  stock at $.001 par  value,  and Ten  Million  (10,000,000)
          shares of Serial Preferred Stock at $.001 par value.

                                       1
<PAGE>



          A.   Each share of Common  Stock shall  entitle the holder  thereof to
               one vote on any matter  submitted  to a vote of or for consent of
               holders of Common Stock.  Subject to the provisions of applicable
               law and this Article Fourth, any dividends paid or distributed on
               or with respect to the Common Stock of the  corporation  shall be
               paid or  distributed  ratably to the holders of its Common Stock.
               In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
               corporation,  whether voluntary or involuntary,  after payment or
               provision for payment of the debts and other  liabilities  of the
               corporation  and any  amounts to which the  holders of any Serial
               Preferred Stock shall be entitled, as hereinafter  provided,  the
               holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the
               remaining assets of the corporation.

          B.   Subject to the terms and provisions of this Article  Fourth,  the
               Board of Directors is authorized to provide from time to time for
               the issuance of shares of Serial Preferred Stock in series and to
               fix  and  determine  from  time  to  time  before   issuance  the
               designation  and relative rights and preferences of the shares of
               each series of Serial  Preferred  Stock and the  restrictions  or
               qualifications   thereof,   including,   without   limiting   the
               generality of the foregoing, the following:


               (1)  The series designation and Authorized number of shares;

               (2)  The  dividend  rate and the  date or  dates  on  which  such
                    dividends will be payable;

               (3)  The amount or amounts to be  received  by the holders in the
                    event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution or liquidation
                    of the corporation;

               (4)  The price or prices at which shares may be redeemed, if any,
                    and   any   terms,   conditions,   limitations   upon   such
                    redemptions;

               (5)  The sinking  fund  provisions,  if any,  for  redemption  or
                    purchase of shares; and

               (6)  The terms and  conditions,  if any,  on which  shares may be
                    converted at the election of the holders thereof into shares
                    of  other  capital  stock,  or of  other  series  of  Serial
                    Preferred Stock, of the corporation.

          C.   The  holders  of the shares of Common  Stock or Serial  Preferred
               Stock shall not be entitled to cumulative voting on any matter.

          D.   Upon the  amendment  of this  Article  Fourth to read as  herein-
               above set  forth,  each  three (3)  outstanding  shares of common
               stock is reverse split,  reconstituted and converted into one (1)
               share. No fractional shares shall be issued."

     The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on
an amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is 1,860,000; that the said change
(s) and amendment  have been consented to and approved by a majority vote of the
stockholders  holding at least a majority of each class of stock outstanding and
entitled to vote thereon.


                                                   /s/ Loretta A. Inglish

                                                   President or Vice President

                                                   LORETTA A. INGLISH


                                                   /s/ Bart W. Andre

                                               Secretary or Assistant Secretary

                                                   BART W. ANDRE

                                       2
<PAGE>




State of NEVADA

County of Clark

On October 26, 1998, before me, Loretta A. Inglish,  personally appeared LORETTA
A. INGLISH,  known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence)
to be the  person  whose  name  is  subscribed  to  the  within  instrument  and
acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity,  and by
his signature on the instrument the person,  or the entity upon which the person
acted, executed the instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal.


/s/ Felicia Nilson

Notary Public in and for said
County and State

Notary Seal of Felicia Nilson



State of NEVADA

County of Clark

On October  26,  1998,  before me, Bart W. Andre,  personally  appeared  BART W.
ANDRE, known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be
the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to
me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and by his signature on
the instrument the person,  or the entity upon which the person acted,  executed
the instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal.


/s/ Felicia Nilson

Notary Public in and for said
County and State

Notary Seal of Felicia Nilson:



                                                                 EXHIBIT 3.1(iv)

            FILED
     IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
       STATE OF NEVADA

           JUL 14 1999

No.    C13820-99
    IN THE OFFICE OF
DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE


              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

Filed by:



                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

We the undersigned - - FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS, President

FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS, Secretary           of    INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

do hereby certify

     That the Board of Directors of said corporation at a meeting duly convened,

held on the _6th_ day of July, 1999,  adopted a resolution to amend the origina

articles as follows:

     Article of Fourth is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FOURTH,  The Aggregate  number of shares which the corporation  shall
          have  the  authority  to issue is  Seventy-Five  Million  (75,000.000)
          shares  of  common  stock  at  $.  001  par  value,  and  Ten  Million
          (10,000,000) shares of Serial Preferred Stock at $, 001 par value.

          A.   Each share of Common  Stock shall  entitle the holder  thereof to
               one vote on any matter  submitted  to a vote of or for consent of
               holders of Common Stock.  Subject to the provisions of applicable
               law and this Article Fourth, any dividends paid or distributed on
               or with respect to the Common Stock of the  corporation  shall be
               paid or  distributed  ratably to the holders of its Common Stock.
               In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the
               corporation,  whether voluntary or involuntary,  after payment or
               provision for payment of the debts and other  liabilities  of the
               corporation  and any  amounts to which the  holders of any Serial
               Preferred Stock shall be entitled, as hereinafter  provided,  the
               holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share ratably in the
               remaining assets, of the corporation.

                                       1
<PAGE>



          B.   Subject to the terms and provisions of this Article  Fourth,  the
               Board of Directors is authorized to provide from time to time for
               the issuance of shares of Serial Preferred Stock in series and to
               fix  and  determine  from  time  to  time  before   issuance  the
               designation  and relative rights and preferences of the shares of
               each series of Serial  Preferred  Stock and the  restrictions  or
               qualifications   thereof,   including,   without   limiting   the
               generality of the foregoing, the following:

               (1)  The series designation and Authorized number of shares;

               (2)  The  dividend  rate and the  date or  dates  on  which  such
                    dividends will be payable;

               (3)  The amount or amounts to be  received  by the holders in the
                    event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution or liquidation
                    of the corporation.

               (4)  The price or prices at which shares may be redeemed, if any,
                    and   any   terms,   conditions,   limitations   upon   such
                    redemptions,

               (5)  The sinking  fund  provisions,  if any,  for  redemption  or
                    purchase of shares; and

               (6)  The terms and  conditions,  if any,  on which  shares may be
                    converted at the election of the holders  thereof into shams
                    of  other  capital  stock,  or of  other  series  of  Serial
                    Preferred Stock, of the corporation.

          C.   The  holders  of the shares of Common  Stock or Serial  Preferred
               Stock shall not be entitled to cumulative voting on any matter,

          D.   Upon the amendment of this Article  Fourth to read as hereinabove
               set  forth,  each one (1)  outstanding  share of common  stock is
               forward split,  reconstituted and converted into three (3) shares
               of common stock. No fractional shares shall be issued.

         The number of shares of the  corporation  outstanding  and  entitled to
vote on an amendment to the Articles of  Incorporation  is  6,200,000;  that the
said  change(s) and amendment  have been consented to and approved by a majority
vote of the  stockholders  holding  at  least a  majority  of each  class  stock
outstanding and entitled to vote thereon.


                                                /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas
                                                President or Vice President
                                                FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS


                                                /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas
                                                Secretary or Assistant Secretary
                                                FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS




                                                                  Exhibit 3.1(v)

            FILED
     IN THE OFFICE OF THE
SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE
       STATE OF NEVADA

           JUL 28 1999

No.    C13820-99
      IN THE OFFICE OF
DEAN HELLER, SECRETARY OF STATE


              CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                            (After Issuance of Stock)

Filed by:



                          INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

We the undersigned - - FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS, President

FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS. Secretary           of    INTERFOODS CONSOLIDATED, INC.

do hereby certify

     That the Board of Directors of said corporation at a meeting duly convened,

held on the _26th_ day of July, 1999, adopted a resolution to amend the original

articles as follows:


     Article First is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "FIRST. The name of the corporation is: Sitestar Corporation.'

     The number of shares of the corporation outstanding and entitled to vote on
an amendment  to the  Articles of  Incorporation  is  18,600,036;  that the said
change(s) and amendment  have been  consented to and approved by a majority vote
of the stockholders  holding at least a majority of each class stock outstanding
and entitled to vote thereon.



                                               /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas
                                               President or Vice President
                                               FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS


                                               /s/ Frederick T. Manlunas
                                               Secretary or Assistant Secretary
                                               FREDERICK T. MANLUNAS



                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                                     BY-LAWS
                                       Of
                            WHITE DOVE SYSTEMS, INC.

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

     Section 1. PRINCIPAL  OFFICE.  The principal  office for the transaction of
business  of the  corporation  shall be fixed or may be changed by approval of a
majority of the authorized Directors,  and additional offices may be established
and  maintained at such other place or places as the Board of Directors may from
time to time designate.

     Section 2. OTHER OFFICES.  Branch or subordinate offices may at any time be
established  by the  Board  of  Directors  at any  place  or  places  where  the
corporation is qualified to do business.

                                   ARTICLE II

                             DIRECTORS - MANAGEMENT

     Section 1. RESPONSIBILITY OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the provisions
of applicable law and to any limitations in the Articles of Incorporation of the
corporation  relating to action required to be approved by the Shareholders,  or
by the outstanding  shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be
managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of
the Board of Directors.  The Board may delegate the management of the day-to-day
operation  of the  business of the  corporation  to an  executive  committee  or
others,  provided  that the  business  and affairs of the  corporation  shall be
managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised under the ultimate direction
of the Board.

     Section 2. STANDARD OF CARE.  Each  Director  shall perform the duties of a
Director,  including  the duties as a member of any  committee of the Board upon
which the Director may serve, in good faith, in a manner such Director  believes
to be in the best interests of the  corporation,  and with such care,  including
reasonable  inquiry,  as an ordinary prudent person in a like position would use
under similar circumstances.

     Section 3. NUMBER AND OUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS.  The authorized number of
Directors  shall be nine (9) until  changed by a duly  adopted  amendment to the
Articles of  Incorporation or by an amendment to this by-law adopted by the vote
or written consent of holders of a majority of the  outstanding  shares entitled
to vote.

                                       1.


<PAGE>


     Section 4.  ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF  DIRECTORS.  Directors  shall be
elected at each annual meeting of the Shareholders to hold office until the next
annual meeting.  Each Director,  including a Director elected to fill a vacancy,
shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until a
successor has been elected and qualified.

     Section 5. VACANCIES.  Vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled by
a majority of the remaining  Directors,  though less than a quorum, or by a sole
remaining  Director,  except that a vacancy created by the removal of a Director
by the vote or written  consent  of the  Shareholders  or by court  order may be
filled only by the vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote represented
at a duly held meeting at which a quorum is present,  or by the written  consent
of  holders of a majority  of the  outstanding  shares  entitled  to vote.  Each
Director  so elected  shall hold  office  until the next  annual  meeting of the
Shareholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

     A vacancy or vacancies  in the Board of Directors  shall be deemed to exist
in the event of the death,  resignation,  or removal of any Director,  or if the
Board of Directors by  resolution  declares  vacant the office of a Director who
has been declared of unsound mind by an order of court or convicted of a felony,
or if the authorized  number of Directors is increased,  or if the  Shareholders
fail,  at any meeting of  Shareholders  at which any Director or  Directors  are
elected, to elect the number of Directors to be voted for at that meeting.

     The  Shareholders may elect a Director or Directors at any time to fill any
vacancy or vacancies  not filled by the  Direct-tars,  but any such  election by
written  consent  shall  require the  consent of a majority  of the  outstanding
shares entitled to vote.

     Any Director may resign  effective on giving written notice to the Chairman
of the Board, the President,  the Secretary,  or the Board of Directors,  unless
the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become  effective.  If
the  resignation  of a Director  is  effective  at a future  time,  the Board of
Directors  may elect a successor  to take office  when the  resignation  becomes
effective.

     No reduction of the authorized number of Directors shall have the effect of
removing any Director before that Directors' term of office expires.

     Section 6.  REMOVAL OF  DIRECTORS.  Subject to  applicable  law, the entire
Board of Directors  or any  individual  Director may be removed from office.  In
such case,  the remaining  Board members may elect a successor  Director to fill
such vacancy for the remaining unexpired term of the Director so removed.

                                       2.


<PAGE>

     Section 7. NOTICE,  PLACE AND MANNER OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of the Board of
Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board,  or the President,  or any
Vice President,  or the Secretary, or any two (2) Directors and shall be held at
the principal  executive office of the  corporation,  unless some other place is
designated in the notice of the meeting. Members of the Board may participate in
a meeting  through  use of a  conference  telephone  or  similar  communications
equipment  so long as all members  participating  in such a meeting can hear one
another.  Accurate minutes of any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof,
shall be  maintained  by the  Secretary  or other  Officer  designated  for that
purpose.

     Section 8.  ORGANIZATIONAL  MEETINGS.  The  organizational  meetings of the
Board of Directors  shall be held  immediately  following the adjournment of the
Annual Meetings of the Shareholders.

     Section  9.  OTHER  REGULAR  MEETTNGS.  Regular  meetings  of the  Board of
Directors shall be held at the corporate offices,  or such other place as may be
designated by the Board of Directors, as follows:

                  Time of Regular Meeting:  9:00 A.M.
                  Date of Regular Meeting:  Last Friday of every month

     If said day shall fall upon a holiday,  such meetings  shall be held on the
next succeeding business day thereafter. No notice need be given of such regular
meetings.

     Section 10. SPECIAL  MEETTNGS - NOTICES - WATVERS.  Special meetings of the
Board may be called at any time by the  President  or, if he or she is absent or
unable or refuses to act, by any Vice  President or the  Secretary or by any two
(2) Directors, or by one (1) Director if only one is provided.

     At least  forty-eight  (48)  hours  notice of the time and place of special
meetings   shall  be  delivered   personally  to  the  Directors  or  personally
communicated  to them by a corporate  officer by telephone or telegraph.  If the
notice is sent to a Director by letter,  it shall be  addressed to him or her at
his or her address as it is shown upon the records of the corporation,  or if it
is not so shown on such records or if not readily ascertainable, at the place in
which the meetings of the Directors  are regularly  held. In case such notice is
mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, in the
place in which the principal  executive officer of the corporation is located at
least  four (4)  days  prior to the time of the  holding  of the  meeting.  Such
mailing,  telegraphing,  telephoning or delivery as above provided shall be due,
legal and personal notice to such Director.

                                       3.


<PAGE>


     When all of the Directors are present at any Directors'  meeting,  however,
called or noticed,  and either (I) sign a written consent thereto on the records
of such meeting, or, (ii) if a majority of the Directors is present and if those
not present  sign a waiver of notice of such meeting or a consent to holding the
meeting or an  approval  of the minute  thereof,  whether  prior to or after the
holding of such meeting,  which said waiver,  consent or approval shall be filed
with the Secretary of the corporation, or, (iii) if a Director attends a meeting
without notice but without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the
lack of  notice,  then  the  transactions  thereof  are as  valid as if had at a
meeting regularly called and noticed.

     Section 11.  DIRECTORS'  ACTION BY UNANIMOUS  WRITTEN  CONSENT.  Any action
required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors may be taken without
a meeting and with the same force and effect as if taken by a unanimous  vote of
Directors, if authorized by a writing signed individually or collectively by all
members of the Board.  Such consent  shall be filed with the regular  minutes of
the Board.

     Section 12.  OUORUM.  A majority of the number of Directors as fixed by the
Articles of  Incorporation  or By-Laws shall be necessary to constitute a quorum
for the  transaction of business,  and the action of a majority of the Directors
present at any meeting at which there is a quorum, when duly assembled, is valid
as a corporate act; provided that a minority of the Directors, in the absence of
a quorum,  may adjourn from time to time,  but may not transact any business.  A
meeting  at which a  quorum  is  initially  present  may  continue  to  transact
business,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of Directors,  if any action taken is
approved by a majority of the required quorum for such meeting.

     Section 13. NOTICE OF ADJOURNMENT.  Notice of the time and place of holding
an adjourned meeting need not be given to absent Directors if the time and place
be fixed at the meeting adjourned and held within twenty-four (24) hours, but if
adjourned  more  than  twenty-four  (24)  hours,  notice  shall  be given to all
Directors not present at the time of the adjournment.

     Section  14.  COMPENSATION  OF  DIRECTORS.  Directors,  as such,  shall not
receive any stated salary for their  services,  but by resolution of the Board a
fixed sum and expense of  attendance,  if any, may be allowed for  attendance at
each regular and special  meeting of the Board;  provided  that  nothing  herein
contained  shall  be  construed  to  preclude  any  Director  from  serving  the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

     Section  15.  COMMITTEES.  Committees  of the  Board  may be  appointed  by
resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board. Committees shall be composed
of two (2) or more  members of the Board and shall have such powers of the Board
as may be expressly  delegated to it by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors,
except those powers expressly made non-delegable by applicable law.

                                       4.

<PAGE>

     Section 16.  ADVISORY  DIRECTORS.  The Board of Directors from time to time
may elect one or more  persons to be  Advisory  Directors  who shall not by such
appointment be members of the Board of Directors.  Advisory  Directors  shall be
available  from time to time to perform  special  assignments  specified  by the
President,  to attend  meetings of the Board of Directors upon invitation and to
furnish  consultation  to the Board.  The period during which the title shall be
held may be prescribed by the Board of  Directors.  If no period is  prescribed,
the title shall be held at the pleasure of the Board.

     Section 17.  RESIGNATIONS.  Any Director may resign  effective  upon giving
written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary or the
Board of Directors of the Corporation,  unless the notice specifies a later time
for the effectiveness of such resignation.  If the resignation is effective at a
future  time,  a successor  may be elected to take  office when the  resignation
becomes effective.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    OFFICERS

     Section 1. OFFICERS.  The Officers of the corporation shall be a President,
a Secretary,  and a Chief Financial  officer.  The corporation may also have, at
the discretion of the Board of Directors,  a Chairman of the Board,  one or more
Vice  Presidents,  one or more Assistant  Secretaries,  or one or more Assistant
Treasurers,  and such other Officers as may be appointed in accordance  with the
provisions  of Section 3 of this  Article.  Any number of offices may be held by
the same person.

     Section 2. ELECTION. The Officers of the corporation,  except such Officers
as may be appointed in accordance  with the provisions of Section 3 or Section 5
of this Article,  shall be chosen  annually by the Board of Directors,  and each
shall hold office  until he or she shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise
disqualified to serve or a successor shall be elected and qualified.

     Section 3.  SUBORDINATE  OFFICERS,  ETC. The Board of Directors may appoint
such other Officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom
shall hold office for such period,  have such  authority and perform such duties
as are  provided  by the By-Laws or as the Board of  Directors  may from time to
time determine.

     Section 4. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.  Subject to the rights,  if
any,  of any  Officer  under any  contract  of  employment,  any  Officer may be
removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, at any regular
or special  meeting of the Board,  or except in case of an Officer chosen by the
Board of  Directors  by any  officer  upon whom  such  power of  removal  may be
conferred by the Board of Directors.

                                       5.

<PAGE>


     Any  Officer  may  resign  at any  time by  giving  written  notice  to the
corporation.  Any  resignation  shall take  effect at the date of the receipt of
that notice or at any later time specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise
specified  in that  notice,  the  acceptance  of the  resignation  shall  not be
necessary to make it  effective.  Any  resignation  is without  prejudice to the
rights,  if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a
party.

     Section  5.   VACANCIES.   A  vacancy  in  any  office  because  of  death,
resignation,  removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filed in the
manner prescribed in the By-Laws for regular appointment to that office.

     Section 6.  CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The  Chairman of the Board,  if such an
officer be  elected,  shall,  if  present,  preside at  meetings of the Board of
Directors  and  exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from
time to time assigned by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the By-Laws. If
there is no President,  the Chairman of the Board shall in addition be the Chief
Executive  Officer  of the  corporation  and shall  have the  powers  and duties
prescribed in Section 7 of this Article.

     Section 7. PRESIDENT/CHIEF  EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  Subject to such supervisory
powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the
Board,  if there be such an Officer,  the President shall be the Chief Executive
Officer of the  corporation  and shall,  subject to the  control of the Board of
Directors,  have general supervision,  direction and control of the business and
Officers  of the  corporation.  He or she shall  preside at all  meetings of the
Shareholders  and in the absence of the  Chairman  of the Board,  or if there be
none,  at all  meetings of the Board of  Directors.  The  President  shall be ex
officio  a  member  of all the  standing  committees,  including  the  Executive
Committee,  if any, and shall have the general  powers and duties of  management
usually vested in the office of President of a corporation,  and shall have such
other  powers and duties as may be  prescribed  by the Board of Directors or the
By-Laws.

     Section 8. VICE  PRESIDENT.  In the absence or disability of the President,
the Vice  Presidents,  if any,  in order of their  rank as fixed by the Board of
Directors,  or if not  ranked,  the Vice  President  designated  by the Board of
Directors,  shall  perform all the duties of the  President,  and when so acting
shall have all the powers of, and be subject to, all the restrictions  upon, the
President.  The Vice  Presidents  shall have such other  powers and perform such
other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the
Board of Directors or the By-Laws.

                                       6.

<PAGE>


     Section 9. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a book
of minutes at the principal office or such other place as the Board of Directors
may order,  of all meetings of  Directors  and  Shareholders,  with the time and
place of holding,  whether regular or special,  and if special,  how authorized,
the notice thereof given, the names of those present at Directors' meetings, the
number of shares  present  or  represented  at  Shareholders'  meetings  and the
proceedings thereof.

     he Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal office or at
the office of the corporation's  transfer agent, a share register,  or duplicate
share register showing the names of the  Shareholders  and their addresses,  the
number and classes of shares held by each,  the number and date of  certificates
issued  for  the  same,  and  the  number  and  date of  cancellation  of  every
certificate surrendered for cancellation.

     The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given,  notice of all the meetings
of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors  required by the By-Laws or by
law to be  given.  He or she  shall  keep  the seal of the  corporation  in safe
custody,  and shall have such other  powers and perform such other duties as may
be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the By-Laws.

     Section 10. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep
and maintain,  or cause to be kept and  maintained in accordance  with generally
accepted accounting principles,  adequate and correct accounts of the properties
and business transactions of the corporation,  including accounts of its assets,
liabilities,  receipts,  disbursements,  gains,  losses,  capital,  earnings (or
surplus) and shares. The books of accounts shall at all reasonable times be open
to inspection by any Director.

     This Officer shall  deposit all moneys and other  valuables in the name and
to the credit of the corporation with such  depositaries as may be designated by
the Board of Directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as
may be ordered by the Board of  Directors,  shall  render to the  President  and
Directors,  whenever  they  request  it,  an  account  of  all  of  his  or  her
transactions and of the financial  condition of the corporation,  and shall have
such other  powers and perform  such other  duties as may be  prescribed  by the
Board of Directors or the By-Laws.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                             SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

     Section 1. PLACE OF  MEETINGS.  All meetings of the  Shareholders  shall be
held at the  principal  executive  office of the  corporation  unless some other
appropriate and convenient  location be designated for that purpose from time to
time by the Board of Directors.

                                       7.



<PAGE>


     Section 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS.  The annual meetings of the Shareholders  shall
be held, each year, at the time and on the day following:

                  Time of Meeting:          10: 00 A.M.
                  Date of Meeting:          April 20th

     If this day shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held on the
next  succeeding  business  day, at the same hour.  At the annual  meeting,  the
Shareholders  shall elect a Board of Directors,  consider reports of the affairs
of the corporation  and transact such other business as may be properly  brought
before the meeting.

     Section 3. SPECIAL  MEETINGS.  Special  meetings of the Shareholders may be
called at any time by the Board of  Directors,  the  Chairman of the Board,  the
President,  a Vice  President,  the  Secretary,  or by one or more  Shareholders
holding not less than one-tenth  (1/10) of the voting power of the  corporation.
Except as next provided, notice shall be given as for the annual meeting.

     Upon receipt of a written  request  addressed to the  Chairman,  President,
vice President, or Secretary,  mailed or delivered personally to such officer by
any  person  (other  than the  Board)  entitled  to call a  special  meeting  of
Shareholders,  such officer shall cause notice to be given, to the  Shareholders
entitled to vote,  that a meeting will be held at a time requested by the person
or persons  calling the meeting,  not less than  thirty-five  (35) nor more than
sixty (60) days after the receipt of such  request.  If such notice is not given
within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request,  the persons  calling the
meeting may give notice thereof in the same manner provided by these By-Laws.

     Section 4.  NOTICE OF  MEETINGS - REPORTS.  Notice of  meetings,  annual or
special,  shall be given in  writing  not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty
(60) days  before  the date of the  meeting  to  Shareholders  entitled  to vote
thereat. Such notice shall be given by the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary,
or if there be no such Officer, or in the case of his or her neglect or refusal,
by any Director or Shareholder.

     Such notices or any reports shall be given  personally or by mail and shall
be sent to the Shareholder's  address appearing on the books of the corporation,
or supplied by him or her to the corporation for the purpose of the notice.

     Notice of any meeting of Shareholders  shall specify the place, the day and
the hour of meeting, and (1) in case of a special meeting, the general nature of
the business to be transacted and no other business may be transacted, or (2) in
the case of an annual  meeting,  those  matters  which Board at date of mailing,
intends  to  present  for  action by the  Shareholders.  At any  meetings  where
Directors are to be elected  notice shall include the names of the nominees,  if
any, intended at date of notice to be presented by management for election.

                                       8.


<PAGE>


     If a Shareholder  supplies no address,  notice shall be deemed to have been
given if  mailed  to the  place  where  the  principal  executive  office of the
corporation is situated, or published at least once in some newspaper of general
circulation in the County of said principal office.

     Notice  shall be deemed  given at the time it is  delivered  personally  or
deposited  in the mail or sent by  other  means of  written  communication.  The
officer  giving such notice or report  shall  prepare and file an  affidavit  or
declaration thereof.

     When a meeting is adjourned for  forty-five  .(45) days or more,  notice of
the adjourned meeting shall be given as in case of an original meeting. save, as
aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of adjournment or of the
business to be transacted at an adjourned  meeting other than by announcement at
the meeting at which said adjournment is taken.

     Section  5.  WAIVER OF  NOTICE  OR  CONSENT  BY  ABSENT  SHAREHOLDERS.  The
transactions of any meeting of Shareholders, however called and notice, shall be
valid as through had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice,  if a
quorum be present  either in person or by proxy,  and if, either before or after
the meeting, each of the Shareholders entitled to vote, not present in person or
by proxy,  sign a written waiver of notice,  or a consent to the holding of such
meeting or an approval shall be filed with the corporate  records or made a part
of the minutes of the meeting.  Attendance  shall constitute a waiver of notice,
unless objection shall be made as provided in applicable law.

     Section 6.  SHAREHOLDERS  ACTING WITHOUT A MEETING - DIRECTORS.  Any action
which  may be taken at a meeting  of the  Shareholders,  may be taken  without a
meeting  or notice of meeting if  authorized  by a writing  signed by all of the
Shareholders  entitled to vote at a meeting for such purpose, and filed with the
Secretary of the corporation, provided, further, that while ordinarily Directors
can be elected by unanimous  written  consent,  if the Directors  fail to fill a
vacancy,  then a Director  to fill that  vacancy  may be elected by the  written
consent  of  persons  holding  a  majority  of shares  entitled  to vote for the
election of Directors.

     Section 7. OTHER ACTIONS WITHOUT A MEETING.  Unless otherwise  provided for
under applicable law or the Articles of  Incorporation,  any action which may be
taken at any annual or special  meeting of  Shareholders  may be taken without a
meeting and without  prior  notice,  if a consent in writing,  setting forth the
action so taken,  signed by the holders of  outstanding  shares  having not less
than the minimum  number of votes that would be  necessary  to authorize to take
such  action at a meeting  at which all shares  entitled  to vote  thereon  were
present and voted.

                                       9.


<PAGE>


     Unless  the  consents  of all  Shareholders  entitled  to  vote  have  been
solicited in writing,

                  (1) Notice of any  Shareholder  approval  without a meeting by
         less than  unanimous  written  consent shall be given at least ten (10)
         days before the consummation of the action authorized by such approval,
         and

                  (2)  Prompt  notice  shall be given of the taking of any other
         corporate  action  approved by  Shareholders  without a meeting be less
         than unanimous written consent, to each of those Shareholders  entitled
         to vote who have not consented in writing.

     Any   Shareholder   giving  a  written   consent,   or  the   Shareholder's
proxyholders,  or a transferee of the shares of a personal representative of the
Shareholder  or their  respective  proxyholders,  may  revoke  the  consent by a
writing  received by the corporation  prior to the time that written consents of
the number of shares  required to authorize the proposed  action have been filed
with  the  Secretary  of the  corporation,  but may not do so  thereafter.  Such
revocation is effective upon its receipt by the Secretary of the corporation.

     Section 8. QUORUM.  The holder of a majority of the shares entitled to vote
thereat,  present in person,, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum
at all meetings of the  Shareholders  for the  transaction of business except as
otherwise  provided  by law,  by the  Articles  of  Incorporation,  or by  these
By-Laws.  If, however,  such majority shall not be present or represented at any
meeting of the Shareholders,  the shareholders entitled to vote thereat, present
in person, or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to
time,  until the  requisite  amount of voting  shares shall be present.  At such
adjourned  meeting  at which the  requisite  amount of  voting  shares  shall be
represented,  any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at
a meeting as originally notified.

     If a quorum be initially present, the Shareholders may continue to transact
business   until   adjournment,   notwithstanding   the   withdrawal  of  enough
Shareholders  to leave less than a quorum,  if any action taken is approved by a
majority of the Shareholders required to initially constitute a quorum.

     Section 9.  VOTING.  Only  persons in whose names  shares  entitled to vote
stand on the stock  records  of the  corporation  on the day of any  meeting  of
Shareholders,  unless some other day be fixed by the Board of Directors  for the
determination of Share- holders of record,  and then on such other day, shall be
entitled to vote at such meeting.

                                       10.

<PAGE>


     Provided the  candidate's  name has been placed in nomination  prior to the
voting and one or more Shareholders has given notice at the meeting prior to the
voting of the Shareholder's  intent to cumulate the Shareholder's  votes,  every
Shareholder  entitled to vote at any election for  Directors of any  corporation
for profit may  cumulate  their  votes and give one  candidate a number of votes
equal to the number of Directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes
to which his or her shares are  entitled to, or  distribute  his or her votes on
the same principle among as many candidates as he or she thinks fit.

     The  candidates  receiving the highest  number of votes up to the number of
Directors to be elected are elected.

     The Board of Directors  may fix a time in the future not  exceeding  thirty
(30) days  preceding the date of any meeting of  Shareholders  or the date fixed
for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or for the allotment of rights,
or when any change or conversion or exchange of shares shall go into effect,  as
a record date for the  determination of the  Shareholders  entitled to notice of
and to vote at any such  meeting,  or entitled  to receive any such  dividend or
distribution, or any allotment of rights or to exercise the rights in respect to
any  such  change,   conversion  or  exchange  of  shares.  In  such  case  only
Shareholders  of record on the date so fixed  shall be entitled to notice of and
to vote at such meeting, to receive such dividends, distribution or allotment of
rights,  or to exercise  such  rights,  as the case may be  notwithstanding  any
transfer  of any share on the books of the  corporation  after any  record  date
fixed  as  aforesaid.  The  Board  of  Directors  may  close  the  books  of the
corporation  against  transfers  of shares  during the whole or any part of such
period.

     Section 10.  PROXIES.  Every  Shareholder  entitled to vote,  or to execute
consents,  may  do so,  either  in  person  or by  written  proxy,  executed  in
accordance with the provisions of applicable law filed with the Secretary of the
corporation.

     Section  11.  ORGANIZATION.  The  President,  or  in  the  absence  of  the
President,  any Vice  President,  shall call the meeting of the  Shareholders to
order, and shall act as Chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the President
and all of the Vice Presidents,  Shareholders  shall appoint a Chairman for such
meeting. The Secretary of the corporation shall act as Secretary of all meetings
of the  Shareholders,  but in the absence of the Secretary at any meeting of the
Shareholders,  the presiding  officer may appoint any person to act as Secretary
of the meeting.

     Section  12.  INSPECTORS  OF  ELECTION.   In  advance  of  any  meeting  of
Shareholders,  the Board of Directors may, if they so elect,  appoint inspectors
of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment  thereof. If inspectors of
election be not so appointed,  or if any persons so appointed  fail to appear or
refuse to act,  the  chairman of any such meeting may, and on the request of any
Shareholder or his or her proxy shall,  make such  appointment at the meeting in
which  case the  number of  inspectors  shall be either  one (1) or three (3) as
determined by a majority of the Shareholders represented at the meeting.

                                       11.


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V

                       CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF SHARES

     Section 1. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates for shares shall be of
such form and device as the Board of Directors may designate and shall state the
name of the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its number; date of
issuance;  the  number of shares  for which it is  issued;  a  statement  of the
rights,  privileges  preferences and restriction,  if any; a statement as to the
redemption  or  conversion,  if any; a statement of liens or  restrictions  upon
transfer or voting,  if any; if the shares be assessable or, if assessments  are
collectible by personal action, a plain statement of such facts.

     All  certificates  shall be  signed in the name of the  corporation  by the
Chairman  of the Board or Vice  Chairman of the Board or the  President  or Vice
President and by the Chief  Financial  officer or an Assistant  Treasurer or the
Secretary or any Assistant  Secretary,  certifying  the number of shares and the
class or series of shares owned by the Shareholder.


     Any or all of the signatures on the certificate  may be facsimile.  In case
any Officer,  transfer  agent,  or registrar  who has signed or whose  facsimile
signature has been placed on a certificate shall have ceased to be that Officer,
transfer agent, or registrar before that certificate is issued, it may be issued
by the  corporation  with the same  effect as if that  person  were an  officer,
transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issuance.

     Section 2.  TRANSFER  ON THR BOOKS.  Upon  surrender  to the  Secretary  or
transfer agent of the  corporation of a certificate  for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied  by proper  evidence  of  succession,  assignment  or  authority  to
transfer,  it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the  person  entitled  thereto,  cancel  the  old  certificate  and  record  the
transaction upon its books.

     Section  3.  LOST  OR  DESTROYED   CERTIFICATES.   Any  person  claiming  a
certificate  of  stock  to be lost or  destroyed  shall  make  an  affidavit  or
affirmation  of that fact and  shall,  if the  Directors  so  require,  give the
corporation  a bond  of  indemnity,  in  form  and  with  one or  more  sureties
satisfactory to the Board, in at least double the value of the stock represented
by said  certificate,  whereupon  a new  certificate  may be  issued in the same
tender  and for the same  number  of  shares  as the one  alleged  to be lost or
destroyed.

                                       12.



<PAGE>


     Section 4.  TRANSFER  AGENTS AND  REGISTRARS.  The Board of  Directors  may
appoint  one or  more  transfer  agents  or  transfer  clerks,  and  one or more
registrars which shall be an incorporated bank or trust company, either domestic
or foreign,  who shall be appointed at such times and places as the requirements
of the corporation may necessitate and the Board of Directors may designate.


     Section 5. CLOSING  STOCK  TRANSFER  BOOKS - RECORD DATE. In order that the
corporation may determine the Shareholders  entitled to notice of any meeting or
to vote or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other  distribution or
allotment  of any rights or entitled  to  exercise  any rights in respect to any
other lawful action,  the Board may fix, in advance,  a record date, which shall
not be more than  sixty  (60) days nor less than ten (10) days prior to the date
of such meeting nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

     If no record date is fixed;  the record date for  determining  Shareholders
entitled  to notice of or to vote at a meeting of  Shareholders  shall be at the
close of business on the business day next  preceding the day on which notice is
given or if notice is waived,  at the close of business on the business day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for  determining
Shareholders  entitled to give consent to corporate  action in writing without a
meeting,  when no prior  action by the Board is  necessary,  shall be the day on
which the first written consent is given.

     The record date for determining Shareholders for any other purpose shall be
at the close of  business  on the day on which the Board  adopts the  resolution
relating  thereto,  or the  sixtieth  (60th) day prior to the date of such other
action, whichever is later.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         RECORDS - REPORTS - INSPECTION

     Section 1. RECORDS.  The  corporation  shall  maintain,  in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles,  adequate and correct accounts,  books
and records of its  business  and  properties.  All of such  books,  records and
accounts shall be kept at its principal  executive  office as fixed by the Board
of Directors from time to time.

     Section 2. INSPECTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  All books and records shall be
open to inspection of the  Directors and  Shareholders  from time to time and in
the manner provided under applicable law.

     Section 3. CERTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF BY-LAWS.  The original or a copy
of these  By-Laws,  as amended or  otherwise  altered to date,  certified by the
Secretary,  shall be kept at the  corporation's  principal  executive office and
shall be open to inspection by the  Shareholders at all reasonable  times during
office hours.

                                       13.



<PAGE>




     Section 4. CHECK,  DRAFTS,  ETC.  All checks,  drafts,  or other orders for
payment of money,  notes or other evidences of indebtedness,  issued in the name
of or payable to the corporation,  shall be signed or endorsed by such person or
persons and in such manner as shall be determined from time to time by the Board
of Directors.

     Section 5. CONTRACT,  ETC, -- HOW EXECUTED. The Board of Directors,  except
as in the By-Laws  otherwise  provided,  may  authorize any Officer or Officers,
agent or agents,  to enter into any  contract or execute any  instrument  in the
name of and on behalf of the  corporation.  Such  authority  may be  general  or
confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized by the Board of Directors,
no Officer,  agent or  employee  shall have any power or  authority  to bind the
corporation by any contract or agreement,  or to pledge its credit, or to render
it liable  for any  purpose  or to any amount  except as may be  provided  under
applicable law.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 ANNUAL REPORTS

     Section 1. REPORT TO  SHAREHOLDERS,  DUE DATE. The Board of Directors shall
cause an annual report to be sent to the Shareholders not later than one hundred
twenty (120) days after the close of the fiscal or calendar  year adopted by the
corporation.  This report  shall be sent at least  fifteen  (15) days before the
annual meeting of Shareholders to be held during the next fiscal year and in the
manner  specified  in Section 4 of the  Article IV of these  By-Laws  for giving
notice to  Shareholders  of the  corporation.  The annual report shall contain a
balance  sheet as of the end of the  fiscal  year and an  income  statement  and
statement of changes in financial  position for the fiscal year,  accompanied by
any  report  of  independent  accountants  or, if there is no such  report,  the
certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that the statements were
prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              AMENDMENTS TO BY-LAWS

     Section 1. AMENDMENT BY  SHAREHOLDERS.  New By-Laws may be adopted or these
By-Laws may be amended or repealed by the vote or written  consent of holders of
a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote; provided,  however,  that
if the  Articles of  Incorporation  of the  corporation  set forth the number of
authorized Directors of the corporation,  the authorized number of directors may
be changed only by an amendment of the Article of Incorporation.


                                       14.


<PAGE>





     Section 2. POWERS OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the right of the Shareholders to
adopt,  amend or repeal By-Laws,  as provided in Section 1 of this Article VIII,
and the limitations,  if any, under law, the Board of Directors may adopt, amend
or repeal any of these By-Laws other than a By-Law or amendment thereof changing
the authorized number of Directors.

     Section 3. RECORD OF  AMENDMENTS.  Whenever an  amendment  or new By-Law is
adopted, it shall be copied in the book of By-Laws with the original By-Laws, in
the appropriate  place.  If any By-Law is repealed,  the fact of repeal with the
date of the meeting at which the repeal was enacted or written  assent was filed
shall be stated in said book.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 CORPORATE SEAL

     Section 1. Seal.  The corporate  seal shall be circular in form,  and shall
have  inscribed  thereon  the name of the  corporation,  the  date and  State of
incorporation.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 1. REPRESENTATION OF SHARES IN OTHER CORPORATIONS.  Shares of other
corporations  standing  in  the  name  of  this  corporation  may  be  voted  or
represented  and  all  incidents  thereto  may be  exercised  on  behalf  of the
corporation  by the Chairman of the Board,  the President or any Vice  President
and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

     Section 2. SUBSIDIARY  CORPORATIONS.  Shares of this corporation owned by a
subsidiary  shall not be entitled to vote on any matter.  A subsidiary for these
purposes is defined as a corporation,  the shares of which  possessing more than
25% of the total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of shares  entitled to
vote, are owned directly or indirectly through one (1) or more subsidiaries.

     Section 3.  INDEMNITY.  Subject to  applicable  law,  the  corporation  may
indemnify any Director,  Officer,  agent or employee as to those liabilities and
on those terms and  conditions as  appropriate.  In any event,  the  corporation
shall have the right to purchase  and  maintain  insurance on behalf of any such
persons  whether or not the  corporation  would have the power to indemnify such
person against the liability insured against.

                                       15.



<PAGE>


     Section 4. ACCOUNTING YEAR. The accounting year of the corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.


























                                      16.
White Dove: By-Laws



                                                                      EXHIBIT 21








The following are the subsidiaries of Sitestar Corporation:





                                  Sitestar.net

                                 Soccersite.com

                                 Greattools.com

                              Holland-American.com




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              5

<S>                                     <C>                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                           6-MOS                     YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                       Dec-31-1999               DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                          Jan-01-1999               JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                            Jun-30-1999               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                            0                         0
<SECURITIES>                                      0                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                               115,588                   212,584
<ALLOWANCES>                                 16,378                    16,378
<INVENTORY>                                 469,004                   542,081
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            676,490                   830,325
<PP&E>                                       59,861                    20,321
<DEPRECIATION>                                3,841                     1,678
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              932,510                   973,968
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       950,650                   824,731
<BONDS>                                           0                         0
                             0                         0
                                       0                         0
<COMMON>                                      6,200                     6,200
<OTHER-SE>                                  (54,802)                  143,037
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                932,510                   973,968
<SALES>                                     870,249                 2,175,867
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            870,249                 2,175,867
<CGS>                                       654,011                 1,614,924
<TOTAL-COSTS>                             1,034,634                 2,441,964
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                  0                         0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                  0                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           33,454                    18,397
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (197,839)                 (284,494)
<INCOME-TAX>                                      0                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                        (197,839)                 (284,494)
<DISCONTINUED>                                    0                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                   0                         0
<CHANGES>                                         0                         0
<NET-INCOME>                               (197,839)                 (284,494)
<EPS-BASIC>                                   (0.03)                    (0.04)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                 (0.03)                    (0.04)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission